]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Don't let maintainer-*-check targets force a version update.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual (@value{UPDATED}) is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version
34 @value{VERSION}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software
38 Foundation, Inc.
39
40 @quotation
41 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
42 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
43 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
44 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
45 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
46 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
47 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
48
49 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
50 modify this @acronym{GNU} manual. Buying copies from the @acronym{FSF}
51 supports it in developing @acronym{GNU} and promoting software
52 freedom.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Software development
57 @direntry
58 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
59 @end direntry
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title Bison
63 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
64 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
65
66 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
67
68 @page
69 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
70 @insertcopying
71 @sp 2
72 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
73 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
74 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
75 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
76 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
77 @sp 2
78 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
79 @end titlepage
80
81 @contents
82
83 @ifnottex
84 @node Top
85 @top Bison
86 @insertcopying
87 @end ifnottex
88
89 @menu
90 * Introduction::
91 * Conditions::
92 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
93 how you can copy and share Bison.
94
95 Tutorial sections:
96 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
97 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
98
99 Reference sections:
100 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
101 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
102 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
103 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
104 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
105 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
106 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
107 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
108 * Other Languages:: Creating C++ and Java parsers.
109 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
110 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
111 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
112 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
113 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
114
115 @detailmenu
116 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
117
118 The Concepts of Bison
119
120 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
121 as mathematical ideas.
122 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
123 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
124 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
125 the name of an identifier, etc.).
126 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
127 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
128 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
129 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
130 how is the output used?
131 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
132 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
133
134 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
135
136 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
137 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
138 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
139 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
140
141 Examples
142
143 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
144 a first example with no operator precedence.
145 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
146 Operator precedence is introduced.
147 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
148 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
149 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
150 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
151 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
152
153 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
154
155 * Rpcalc Declarations:: Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
156 * Rpcalc Rules:: Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
157 * Rpcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
158 * Rpcalc Main:: The controlling function.
159 * Rpcalc Error:: The error reporting function.
160 * Rpcalc Generate:: Running Bison on the grammar file.
161 * Rpcalc Compile:: Run the C compiler on the output code.
162
163 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
164
165 * Rpcalc Input::
166 * Rpcalc Line::
167 * Rpcalc Expr::
168
169 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
170
171 * Ltcalc Declarations:: Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
172 * Ltcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
173 * Ltcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
174
175 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
176
177 * Mfcalc Declarations:: Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
178 * Mfcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for the calculator.
179 * Mfcalc Symbol Table:: Symbol table management subroutines.
180
181 Bison Grammar Files
182
183 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
184 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
185 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
186 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
187 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
188 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
189 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
190 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
191
192 Outline of a Bison Grammar
193
194 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
195 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
196 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
197 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
198 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
199
200 Defining Language Semantics
201
202 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
203 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
204 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
205 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
206 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
207 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
208 action in the middle of a rule.
209
210 Tracking Locations
211
212 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
213 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
214 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
215
216 Bison Declarations
217
218 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
219 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
220 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
221 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
222 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
223 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
224 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
225 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
226 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
227 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
228 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
229 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
230
231 Parser C-Language Interface
232
233 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
234 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
235 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
236 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it returns.
237 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it returns.
238 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
239 which reads tokens.
240 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
241 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
242 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
243 native language.
244
245 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
246
247 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
248 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
249 of the token it has read.
250 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
251 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
252 actions want that.
253 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs in a pure parser
254 (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
255
256 The Bison Parser Algorithm
257
258 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
259 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
260 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
261 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
262 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
263 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
264 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
265 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
266 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
267
268 Operator Precedence
269
270 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
271 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence and associativity.
272 * Precedence Only:: How to specify precedence only.
273 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
274 * How Precedence:: How they work.
275
276 Handling Context Dependencies
277
278 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
279 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
280 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
281 error recovery rules must be written.
282
283 Debugging Your Parser
284
285 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
286 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
287
288 Invoking Bison
289
290 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
291 in alphabetical order by short options.
292 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
293 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
294
295 Parsers Written In Other Languages
296
297 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
298 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
299
300 C++ Parsers
301
302 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
303 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
304 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
305 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
306 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
307 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
308
309 A Complete C++ Example
310
311 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
312 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
313 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
314 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
315 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
316
317 Java Parsers
318
319 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
320 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
321 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
322 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
323 * Java Scanner Interface:: Specifying the scanner for the parser
324 * Java Action Features:: Special features for use in actions
325 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
326 * Java Declarations Summary:: List of Bison declarations used with Java
327
328 Frequently Asked Questions
329
330 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
331 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
332 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
333 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
334 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
335 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
336 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
337 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
338 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
339 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
340 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
341 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
342
343 Copying This Manual
344
345 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
346
347 @end detailmenu
348 @end menu
349
350 @node Introduction
351 @unnumbered Introduction
352 @cindex introduction
353
354 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
355 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
356 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
357 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
358 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
359
360 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
361 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
362 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
363 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
364
365 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
366 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
367 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
368 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
369
370 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
371 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
372 multi-character string literals and other features.
373
374 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
375
376 @node Conditions
377 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
378
379 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
380 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
381 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
382 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
383 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
384
385 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
386 compiler, have never
387 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
388 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
389 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
390 License to all of the Bison source code.
391
392 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
393 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
394 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
395 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
396 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
397 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
398 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
399
400 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
401 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
402 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
403 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
404 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
405 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
406
407 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
408 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
409 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
410 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
411 exception.
412
413 @node Copying
414 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
415 @include gpl-3.0.texi
416
417 @node Concepts
418 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
419
420 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
421 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
422 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
423
424 @menu
425 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
426 as mathematical ideas.
427 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
428 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
429 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
430 the name of an identifier, etc.).
431 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
432 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
433 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
434 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
435 how is the output used?
436 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
437 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
438 @end menu
439
440 @node Language and Grammar
441 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
442
443 @cindex context-free grammar
444 @cindex grammar, context-free
445 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
446 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
447 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
448 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
449 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
450 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
451 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
452 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
453 recursion.
454
455 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
456 @cindex Backus-Naur form
457 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
458 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
459 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
460 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
461 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
462
463 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
464 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
465 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
466 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
467 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
468 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
469 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
470 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
471 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
472 restrictions that are
473 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
474 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
475 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
476 more information on this.
477
478 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
479 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
480 @cindex ambiguous grammars
481 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
482
483 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
484 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
485 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
486 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
487 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
488 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
489 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
490 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
491 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
492 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
493 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
494 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
495 possible parses of any given string is finite.
496
497 @cindex symbols (abstract)
498 @cindex token
499 @cindex syntactic grouping
500 @cindex grouping, syntactic
501 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
502 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
503 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
504 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
505 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
506 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
507 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
508
509 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
510 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
511 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
512 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
513 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
514 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
515 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
516 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
517 lexicography, not grammar.)
518
519 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
520
521 @ifinfo
522 @example
523 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
524 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
525 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
526 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
527 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
528 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
529 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
530 @end example
531 @end ifinfo
532 @ifnotinfo
533 @example
534 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
535 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
536 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
537 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
538 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
539 @end example
540 @end ifnotinfo
541
542 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
543 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
544 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
545 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
546 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
547 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
548 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
549 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
550
551 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
552 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
553 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
554 reads informally as follows:
555
556 @quotation
557 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
558 `semicolon'.
559 @end quotation
560
561 @noindent
562 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
563 statement in C.
564
565 @cindex start symbol
566 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
567 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
568 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
569 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
570 plays this role.
571
572 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
573 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
574 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
575 not the start symbol.
576
577 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
578 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
579 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
580 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
581 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
582 reports a syntax error.
583
584 @node Grammar in Bison
585 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
586 @cindex Bison grammar
587 @cindex grammar, Bison
588 @cindex formal grammar
589
590 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
591 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
592 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
593
594 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
595 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
596 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
597
598 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
599 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
600 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
601 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
602 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
603 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
604 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
605 @xref{Symbols}.
606
607 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
608 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
609 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
610 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
611
612 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
613 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
614
615 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
616 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
617 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
618 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
619 used in every rule.
620
621 @example
622 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
623 ;
624 @end example
625
626 @noindent
627 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
628
629 @node Semantic Values
630 @section Semantic Values
631 @cindex semantic value
632 @cindex value, semantic
633
634 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
635 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
636 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
637 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
638 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
639 grammatical.
640
641 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
642 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
643 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
644 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
645 ,Defining Language Semantics},
646 for details.
647
648 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
649 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
650 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
651 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
652 except their types.
653
654 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
655 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
656 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
657 need to have any semantic value.)
658
659 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
660 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
661 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
662 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
663 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
664 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
665
666 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
667 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
668 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
669 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
670 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
671
672 @node Semantic Actions
673 @section Semantic Actions
674 @cindex semantic actions
675 @cindex actions, semantic
676
677 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
678 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
679 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
680 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
681 @xref{Actions}.
682
683 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
684 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
685 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
686 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
687 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
688 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
689 newly recognized larger expression.
690
691 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
692 two subexpressions:
693
694 @example
695 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
696 ;
697 @end example
698
699 @noindent
700 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
701 from the values of the two subexpressions.
702
703 @node GLR Parsers
704 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
705 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
706 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
707 @findex %glr-parser
708 @cindex conflicts
709 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
710 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
711
712 In some grammars, Bison's standard
713 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
714 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
715 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
716 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
717 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
718 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
719 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
720 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
721
722 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
723 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
724 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
725 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
726 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
727 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
728 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
729 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
730 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
731 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
732 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
733 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
734 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
735 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
736 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
737 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
738 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
739 identical set of symbols.
740
741 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
742 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
743 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
744 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
745 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
746 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
747 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
748 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
749 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
750 merged result.
751
752 @menu
753 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
754 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
755 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
756 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
757 @end menu
758
759 @node Simple GLR Parsers
760 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
761 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
762 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
763 @findex %glr-parser
764 @findex %expect-rr
765 @cindex conflicts
766 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
767 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
768
769 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
770 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
771 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
772 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
773 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
774 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
775
776 Consider a problem that
777 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
778 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
779
780 @example
781 type subrange = lo .. hi;
782 type enum = (a, b, c);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 The original language standard allows only numeric
787 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
788 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
789 10206) and many other
790 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
791 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
792 parentheses:
793
794 @example
795 type subrange = (a) .. b;
796 @end example
797
798 @noindent
799 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
800 type with only one value:
801
802 @example
803 type enum = (a);
804 @end example
805
806 @noindent
807 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
808 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
809
810 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
811 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
812 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
813 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
814 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
815 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
816 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
817 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
818
819 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
820 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
821 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
822 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
823 expressions.
824
825 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
826 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
827 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
828 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
829 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
830 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
831 work.
832
833 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
834 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
835 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
836 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
837 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
838 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
839 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
840 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
841 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
842 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
843 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
844
845 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
846 reports a syntax error as usual.
847
848 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
849 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
850 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
851 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
852 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
853
854 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
855 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
856 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
857 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
858 The present example contains only one conflict between two
859 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
860 cannot be nested. So the number of
861 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
862 and the parsing time is still linear.
863
864 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
865 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
866
867 @example
868 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
869
870 @group
871 %left '+' '-'
872 %left '*' '/'
873 @end group
874
875 %%
876
877 @group
878 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
879 ;
880 @end group
881
882 @group
883 type : '(' id_list ')'
884 | expr DOTDOT expr
885 ;
886 @end group
887
888 @group
889 id_list : ID
890 | id_list ',' ID
891 ;
892 @end group
893
894 @group
895 expr : '(' expr ')'
896 | expr '+' expr
897 | expr '-' expr
898 | expr '*' expr
899 | expr '/' expr
900 | ID
901 ;
902 @end group
903 @end example
904
905 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
906 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
907 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
908 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
909 recognized:
910
911 @example
912 type t = (a) .. b;
913 @end example
914
915 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
916 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
917 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
918 @samp{%%}):
919
920 @example
921 %glr-parser
922 %expect-rr 1
923 @end example
924
925 @noindent
926 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
927 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
928 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
929 notice when the parser splits.
930
931 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
932 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
933 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
934 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
935 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
936 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
937 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
938 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
939 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
940 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
941 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
942 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
943 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
944 correctness.
945
946 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
947 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
948 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
949 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
950 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
951 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
952
953 @node Merging GLR Parses
954 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
955 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
956 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
957 @findex %dprec
958 @findex %merge
959 @cindex conflicts
960 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
961
962 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
963
964 @example
965 %@{
966 #include <stdio.h>
967 #define YYSTYPE char const *
968 int yylex (void);
969 void yyerror (char const *);
970 %@}
971
972 %token TYPENAME ID
973
974 %right '='
975 %left '+'
976
977 %glr-parser
978
979 %%
980
981 prog :
982 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
983 ;
984
985 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
986 | decl %dprec 2
987 ;
988
989 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
990 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
991 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
992 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
993 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
994 ;
995
996 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
997 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
998 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
999 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
1000 ;
1001
1002 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
1003 | '(' declarator ')'
1004 ;
1005 @end example
1006
1007 @noindent
1008 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
1009 certain declarations and statements. For example,
1010
1011 @example
1012 T (x) = y+z;
1013 @end example
1014
1015 @noindent
1016 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1017 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1018 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1019 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1020 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1021 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1022 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1023 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1024 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1025 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1026 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1027 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1028 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1029 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1030
1031 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1032 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1033 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1034 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1035 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1036 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1037 The parser therefore prints
1038
1039 @example
1040 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1041 @end example
1042
1043 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1044 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1045
1046 @example
1047 T (x) + y;
1048 @end example
1049
1050 @noindent
1051 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1052 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1053 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1054 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1055 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1056 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1057 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1058 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1059 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1060 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1061
1062 @example
1063 x T <cast> y +
1064 @end example
1065
1066 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1067 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1068 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1069 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1070 follows:
1071
1072 @example
1073 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1074 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1075 ;
1076 @end example
1077
1078 @noindent
1079 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1080
1081 @example
1082 static YYSTYPE
1083 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1084 @{
1085 printf ("<OR> ");
1086 return "";
1087 @}
1088 @end example
1089
1090 @noindent
1091 with an accompanying forward declaration
1092 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1093
1094 @example
1095 %@{
1096 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1097 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1098 %@}
1099 @end example
1100
1101 @noindent
1102 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1103 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1104
1105 @example
1106 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1107 @end example
1108
1109 Bison requires that all of the
1110 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1111 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1112 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1113 the offending merge.
1114
1115 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1116 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1117
1118 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1119 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1120 the associated reduction.
1121 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1122 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1123
1124 @vindex yychar
1125 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1126 @vindex yylval
1127 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1128 @vindex yylloc
1129 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1130 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1131 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1132 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1133 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1134 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1135 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1136 influence syntax analysis.
1137 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1138
1139 @findex yyclearin
1140 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1141 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1142 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1143 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1144 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1145 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1146 future versions of Bison.
1147 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1148 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1149 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1150
1151 @findex YYERROR
1152 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1153 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1154 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1155 initiate error recovery.
1156 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1157 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1158 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1159 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1160
1161 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1162 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1163
1164 @node Compiler Requirements
1165 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1166 @cindex @code{inline}
1167 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1168
1169 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1170 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1171 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1172 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1173 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1174 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1175
1176 @example
1177 %@{
1178 #include <config.h>
1179 %@}
1180 @end example
1181
1182 @noindent
1183 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1184
1185 @example
1186 %@{
1187 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1188 #define inline
1189 #endif
1190 %@}
1191 @end example
1192
1193 @node Locations Overview
1194 @section Locations
1195 @cindex location
1196 @cindex textual location
1197 @cindex location, textual
1198
1199 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1200 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1201 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1202 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1203
1204 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1205 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1206 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1207 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1208
1209 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1210 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1211 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1212 @code{@@3}.
1213
1214 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1215 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1216 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1217 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1218 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1219 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1220 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1221
1222 @node Bison Parser
1223 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1224 @cindex Bison parser
1225 @cindex Bison utility
1226 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1227 @cindex parser
1228
1229 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1230 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1231 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1232 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1233 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1234 program.
1235
1236 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1237 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1238 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1239 uses.
1240
1241 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1242 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1243 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1244 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1245 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1246 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1247 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1248
1249 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1250 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1251 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1252 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1253 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1254 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1255 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1256 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1257
1258 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1259 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1260 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1261 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1262 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1263 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1264 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1265 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1266 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1267 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1268 meanings.
1269
1270 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1271 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1272 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1273 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1274 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1275 included if message translation is in use
1276 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1277 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1278 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1279
1280 @node Stages
1281 @section Stages in Using Bison
1282 @cindex stages in using Bison
1283 @cindex using Bison
1284
1285 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1286 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1287
1288 @enumerate
1289 @item
1290 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1291 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1292 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1293 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1294 sequence of C statements.
1295
1296 @item
1297 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1298 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1299 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1300 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1301
1302 @item
1303 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1304
1305 @item
1306 Write error-reporting routines.
1307 @end enumerate
1308
1309 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1310 must follow these steps:
1311
1312 @enumerate
1313 @item
1314 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1315
1316 @item
1317 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1318
1319 @item
1320 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1321 @end enumerate
1322
1323 @node Grammar Layout
1324 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1325 @cindex grammar file
1326 @cindex file format
1327 @cindex format of grammar file
1328 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1329
1330 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1331 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1332
1333 @example
1334 %@{
1335 @var{Prologue}
1336 %@}
1337
1338 @var{Bison declarations}
1339
1340 %%
1341 @var{Grammar rules}
1342 %%
1343 @var{Epilogue}
1344 @end example
1345
1346 @noindent
1347 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1348 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1349
1350 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1351 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1352 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1353 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1354 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1355 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1356
1357 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1358 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1359 semantic values of various symbols.
1360
1361 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1362 parts.
1363
1364 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1365 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1366 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1367
1368 @node Examples
1369 @chapter Examples
1370 @cindex simple examples
1371 @cindex examples, simple
1372
1373 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1374 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1375 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1376 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1377 desk-top calculator.
1378
1379 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1380 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1381 source file to try them.
1382
1383 @menu
1384 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1385 a first example with no operator precedence.
1386 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1387 Operator precedence is introduced.
1388 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1389 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1390 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1391 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1392 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1393 @end menu
1394
1395 @node RPN Calc
1396 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1397 @cindex reverse polish notation
1398 @cindex polish notation calculator
1399 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1400 @cindex calculator, simple
1401
1402 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1403 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1404 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1405 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1406
1407 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1408 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1409
1410 @menu
1411 * Rpcalc Declarations:: Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1412 * Rpcalc Rules:: Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1413 * Rpcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
1414 * Rpcalc Main:: The controlling function.
1415 * Rpcalc Error:: The error reporting function.
1416 * Rpcalc Generate:: Running Bison on the grammar file.
1417 * Rpcalc Compile:: Run the C compiler on the output code.
1418 @end menu
1419
1420 @node Rpcalc Declarations
1421 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1422
1423 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1424 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1425
1426 @example
1427 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1428
1429 %@{
1430 #define YYSTYPE double
1431 #include <math.h>
1432 int yylex (void);
1433 void yyerror (char const *);
1434 %@}
1435
1436 %token NUM
1437
1438 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1439 @end example
1440
1441 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1442 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1443
1444 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1445 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1446 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1447 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1448 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1449 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1450 which is a floating point number.
1451
1452 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1453 function @code{pow}.
1454
1455 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1456 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1457 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1458 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1459 prologue.
1460
1461 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1462 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1463 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1464 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1465 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1466 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1467 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1468 type for numeric constants.
1469
1470 @node Rpcalc Rules
1471 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1472
1473 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1474
1475 @example
1476 input: /* empty */
1477 | input line
1478 ;
1479
1480 line: '\n'
1481 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1482 ;
1483
1484 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1485 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1486 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1487 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1488 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1489 /* Exponentiation */
1490 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1491 /* Unary minus */
1492 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1493 ;
1494 %%
1495 @end example
1496
1497 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1498 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1499 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1500 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1501 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1502 mean.
1503
1504 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1505 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1506 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1507
1508 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1509 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1510 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1511 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1512 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1513 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1514
1515 @menu
1516 * Rpcalc Input::
1517 * Rpcalc Line::
1518 * Rpcalc Expr::
1519 @end menu
1520
1521 @node Rpcalc Input
1522 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1523
1524 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1525
1526 @example
1527 input: /* empty */
1528 | input line
1529 ;
1530 @end example
1531
1532 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1533 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1534 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1535 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1536 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1537
1538 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1539 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1540 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1541 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1542 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1543 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1544
1545 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1546 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1547 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1548 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1549 more times.
1550
1551 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1552 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1553 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1554
1555 @node Rpcalc Line
1556 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1557
1558 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1559
1560 @example
1561 line: '\n'
1562 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1563 ;
1564 @end example
1565
1566 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1567 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1568 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1569 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1570 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1571 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1572 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1573
1574 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1575 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1576 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1577 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1578 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1579
1580 @node Rpcalc Expr
1581 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1582
1583 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1584 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1585 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1586 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1587
1588 @example
1589 exp: NUM
1590 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1591 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1592 @dots{}
1593 ;
1594 @end example
1595
1596 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1597 equally well have written them separately:
1598
1599 @example
1600 exp: NUM ;
1601 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1602 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1603 @dots{}
1604 @end example
1605
1606 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1607 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1608 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1609 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1610 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1611 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1612 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1613 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1614
1615 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1616 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1617 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1618
1619 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1620 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1621 For example, this:
1622
1623 @example
1624 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1625 @end example
1626
1627 @noindent
1628 means the same thing as this:
1629
1630 @example
1631 exp: NUM
1632 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1633 | @dots{}
1634 ;
1635 @end example
1636
1637 @noindent
1638 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1639
1640 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1641 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1642 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1643 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1644
1645 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1646 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1647 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1648 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1649
1650 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1651 calculator. This
1652 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1653 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1654 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1655 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1656
1657 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1658 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1659 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1660 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1661 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1662 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1663 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1664 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1665 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1666
1667 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1668 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1669 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1670 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Declarations,
1671 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1672
1673 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1674 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1675
1676 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1677
1678 @example
1679 @group
1680 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1681 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1682 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1683 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1684
1685 #include <ctype.h>
1686 @end group
1687
1688 @group
1689 int
1690 yylex (void)
1691 @{
1692 int c;
1693
1694 /* Skip white space. */
1695 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1696 ;
1697 @end group
1698 @group
1699 /* Process numbers. */
1700 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1701 @{
1702 ungetc (c, stdin);
1703 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1704 return NUM;
1705 @}
1706 @end group
1707 @group
1708 /* Return end-of-input. */
1709 if (c == EOF)
1710 return 0;
1711 /* Return a single char. */
1712 return c;
1713 @}
1714 @end group
1715 @end example
1716
1717 @node Rpcalc Main
1718 @subsection The Controlling Function
1719 @cindex controlling function
1720 @cindex main function in simple example
1721
1722 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1723 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1724 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1725
1726 @example
1727 @group
1728 int
1729 main (void)
1730 @{
1731 return yyparse ();
1732 @}
1733 @end group
1734 @end example
1735
1736 @node Rpcalc Error
1737 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1738 @cindex error reporting routine
1739
1740 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1741 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1742 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1743 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1744 here is the definition we will use:
1745
1746 @example
1747 @group
1748 #include <stdio.h>
1749
1750 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1751 void
1752 yyerror (char const *s)
1753 @{
1754 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1755 @}
1756 @end group
1757 @end example
1758
1759 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1760 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1761 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1762 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1763 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1764 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1765
1766 @node Rpcalc Generate
1767 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1768 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1769
1770 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1771 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1772 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1773 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1774 end, in the epilogue of the file
1775 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1776
1777 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1778 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1779
1780 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1781 convert it into a parser file:
1782
1783 @example
1784 bison @var{file}.y
1785 @end example
1786
1787 @noindent
1788 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1789 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1790 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1791 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1792 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1793 are copied verbatim to the output.
1794
1795 @node Rpcalc Compile
1796 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1797 @cindex compiling the parser
1798
1799 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1800
1801 @example
1802 @group
1803 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1804 $ @kbd{ls}
1805 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1806 @end group
1807
1808 @group
1809 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1810 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1811 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1812 @end group
1813
1814 @group
1815 # @r{List files again.}
1816 $ @kbd{ls}
1817 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1818 @end group
1819 @end example
1820
1821 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1822 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1823
1824 @example
1825 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1826 @kbd{4 9 +}
1827 13
1828 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1829 -13
1830 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1831 13
1832 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1833 -3.166666667
1834 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1835 81
1836 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1837 $
1838 @end example
1839
1840 @node Infix Calc
1841 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1842 @cindex infix notation calculator
1843 @cindex @code{calc}
1844 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1845
1846 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1847 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1848 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1849 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1850
1851 @example
1852 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1853
1854 %@{
1855 #define YYSTYPE double
1856 #include <math.h>
1857 #include <stdio.h>
1858 int yylex (void);
1859 void yyerror (char const *);
1860 %@}
1861
1862 /* Bison declarations. */
1863 %token NUM
1864 %left '-' '+'
1865 %left '*' '/'
1866 %precedence NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1867 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1868
1869 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1870 input: /* empty */
1871 | input line
1872 ;
1873
1874 line: '\n'
1875 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1876 ;
1877
1878 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1879 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1880 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1881 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1882 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1883 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1884 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1885 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1886 ;
1887 %%
1888 @end example
1889
1890 @noindent
1891 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1892 same as before.
1893
1894 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1895
1896 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1897 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1898 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1899 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1900 associativity/precedence. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1901 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1902 the associativity/precedence.)
1903
1904 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1905 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1906 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1907 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1908 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. Unary minus is not associative,
1909 only precedence matters (@code{%precedence}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1910 Precedence}.
1911
1912 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1913 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1914 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1915 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1916 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1917
1918 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1919
1920 @need 500
1921 @example
1922 $ @kbd{calc}
1923 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1924 6.880952381
1925 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1926 -54
1927 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1928 9
1929 @end example
1930
1931 @node Simple Error Recovery
1932 @section Simple Error Recovery
1933 @cindex error recovery, simple
1934
1935 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1936 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1937 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1938 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1939 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1940 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1941
1942 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1943 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1944 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1945
1946 @example
1947 @group
1948 line: '\n'
1949 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1950 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1951 ;
1952 @end group
1953 @end example
1954
1955 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1956 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1957 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1958 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1959 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1960 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1961 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1962 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1963 misprint.
1964
1965 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1966 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1967 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1968 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1969 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1970 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1971 Bison programs.
1972
1973 @node Location Tracking Calc
1974 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1975 @cindex location tracking calculator
1976 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1977 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1978
1979 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1980 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1981 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1982 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1983 analyzer.
1984
1985 @menu
1986 * Ltcalc Declarations:: Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1987 * Ltcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1988 * Ltcalc Lexer:: The lexical analyzer.
1989 @end menu
1990
1991 @node Ltcalc Declarations
1992 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1993
1994 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1995 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1996
1997 @example
1998 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1999
2000 %@{
2001 #define YYSTYPE int
2002 #include <math.h>
2003 int yylex (void);
2004 void yyerror (char const *);
2005 %@}
2006
2007 /* Bison declarations. */
2008 %token NUM
2009
2010 %left '-' '+'
2011 %left '*' '/'
2012 %precedence NEG
2013 %right '^'
2014
2015 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2016 @end example
2017
2018 @noindent
2019 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2020 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2021 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2022 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2023 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2024 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2025 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2026 start at 1.
2027
2028 @node Ltcalc Rules
2029 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2030
2031 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2032 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2033 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2034 from the new information.
2035
2036 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2037 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2038
2039 @example
2040 @group
2041 input : /* empty */
2042 | input line
2043 ;
2044 @end group
2045
2046 @group
2047 line : '\n'
2048 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2049 ;
2050 @end group
2051
2052 @group
2053 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2054 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2055 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2056 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2057 @end group
2058 @group
2059 | exp '/' exp
2060 @{
2061 if ($3)
2062 $$ = $1 / $3;
2063 else
2064 @{
2065 $$ = 1;
2066 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2067 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2068 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2069 @}
2070 @}
2071 @end group
2072 @group
2073 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2074 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2075 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2076 @end group
2077 @end example
2078
2079 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2080 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2081 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2082
2083 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2084 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2085 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2086 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2087 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2088 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2089 hand.
2090
2091 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2092 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2093
2094 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2095 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2096 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2097 semantic values.
2098
2099 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2100 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2101
2102 @example
2103 @group
2104 int
2105 yylex (void)
2106 @{
2107 int c;
2108 @end group
2109
2110 @group
2111 /* Skip white space. */
2112 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2113 ++yylloc.last_column;
2114 @end group
2115
2116 @group
2117 /* Step. */
2118 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2119 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2120 @end group
2121
2122 @group
2123 /* Process numbers. */
2124 if (isdigit (c))
2125 @{
2126 yylval = c - '0';
2127 ++yylloc.last_column;
2128 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2129 @{
2130 ++yylloc.last_column;
2131 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2132 @}
2133 ungetc (c, stdin);
2134 return NUM;
2135 @}
2136 @end group
2137
2138 /* Return end-of-input. */
2139 if (c == EOF)
2140 return 0;
2141
2142 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2143 if (c == '\n')
2144 @{
2145 ++yylloc.last_line;
2146 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2147 @}
2148 else
2149 ++yylloc.last_column;
2150 return c;
2151 @}
2152 @end example
2153
2154 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2155 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2156 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2157 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2158
2159 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2160 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2161 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2162 controlling function:
2163
2164 @example
2165 @group
2166 int
2167 main (void)
2168 @{
2169 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2170 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2171 return yyparse ();
2172 @}
2173 @end group
2174 @end example
2175
2176 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2177 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2178 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2179
2180 @node Multi-function Calc
2181 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2182 @cindex multi-function calculator
2183 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2184 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2185
2186 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2187 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2188 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2189 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2190 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2191
2192 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2193 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2194 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2195 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2196 functions whose syntax has this form:
2197
2198 @example
2199 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2200 @end example
2201
2202 @noindent
2203 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2204 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2205 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2206
2207 @example
2208 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2209 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2210 3.1415926536
2211 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2212 0.0000000000
2213 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2214 2.3000000000
2215 @kbd{alpha}
2216 2.3000000000
2217 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2218 0.8329091229
2219 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2220 2.3000000000
2221 $
2222 @end example
2223
2224 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2225
2226 @menu
2227 * Mfcalc Declarations:: Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2228 * Mfcalc Rules:: Grammar rules for the calculator.
2229 * Mfcalc Symbol Table:: Symbol table management subroutines.
2230 @end menu
2231
2232 @node Mfcalc Declarations
2233 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2234
2235 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2236
2237 @smallexample
2238 @group
2239 %@{
2240 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2241 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2242 int yylex (void);
2243 void yyerror (char const *);
2244 %@}
2245 @end group
2246 @group
2247 %union @{
2248 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2249 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2250 @}
2251 @end group
2252 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2253 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2254 %type <val> exp
2255
2256 @group
2257 %right '='
2258 %left '-' '+'
2259 %left '*' '/'
2260 %precedence NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2261 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2262 @end group
2263 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2264 @end smallexample
2265
2266 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2267 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2268 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2269
2270 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2271 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2272 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2273 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2274
2275 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2276 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2277 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2278 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2279 between angle brackets).
2280
2281 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2282 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2283 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2284 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2285 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2286 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2287
2288 @node Mfcalc Rules
2289 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2290
2291 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2292 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2293 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2294
2295 @smallexample
2296 @group
2297 input: /* empty */
2298 | input line
2299 ;
2300 @end group
2301
2302 @group
2303 line:
2304 '\n'
2305 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2306 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2307 ;
2308 @end group
2309
2310 @group
2311 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2312 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2313 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2314 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2315 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2316 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2317 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2318 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2319 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2320 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2321 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2322 ;
2323 @end group
2324 /* End of grammar. */
2325 %%
2326 @end smallexample
2327
2328 @node Mfcalc Symbol Table
2329 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2330 @cindex symbol table example
2331
2332 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2333 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2334 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2335 requires some additional C functions for support.
2336
2337 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2338 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2339 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2340
2341 @smallexample
2342 @group
2343 /* Function type. */
2344 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2345 @end group
2346
2347 @group
2348 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2349 struct symrec
2350 @{
2351 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2352 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2353 union
2354 @{
2355 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2356 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2357 @} value;
2358 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2359 @};
2360 @end group
2361
2362 @group
2363 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2364
2365 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2366 extern symrec *sym_table;
2367
2368 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2369 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2370 @end group
2371 @end smallexample
2372
2373 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2374 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2375 @code{init_table} as well:
2376
2377 @smallexample
2378 #include <stdio.h>
2379
2380 @group
2381 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2382 void
2383 yyerror (char const *s)
2384 @{
2385 printf ("%s\n", s);
2386 @}
2387 @end group
2388
2389 @group
2390 struct init
2391 @{
2392 char const *fname;
2393 double (*fnct) (double);
2394 @};
2395 @end group
2396
2397 @group
2398 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2399 @{
2400 "sin", sin,
2401 "cos", cos,
2402 "atan", atan,
2403 "ln", log,
2404 "exp", exp,
2405 "sqrt", sqrt,
2406 0, 0
2407 @};
2408 @end group
2409
2410 @group
2411 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2412 symrec *sym_table;
2413 @end group
2414
2415 @group
2416 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2417 void
2418 init_table (void)
2419 @{
2420 int i;
2421 symrec *ptr;
2422 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2423 @{
2424 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2425 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2426 @}
2427 @}
2428 @end group
2429
2430 @group
2431 int
2432 main (void)
2433 @{
2434 init_table ();
2435 return yyparse ();
2436 @}
2437 @end group
2438 @end smallexample
2439
2440 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2441 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2442
2443 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2444 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2445 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2446 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2447 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2448 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2449
2450 @smallexample
2451 symrec *
2452 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2453 @{
2454 symrec *ptr;
2455 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2456 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2457 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2458 ptr->type = sym_type;
2459 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2460 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2461 sym_table = ptr;
2462 return ptr;
2463 @}
2464
2465 symrec *
2466 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2467 @{
2468 symrec *ptr;
2469 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2470 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2471 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2472 return ptr;
2473 return 0;
2474 @}
2475 @end smallexample
2476
2477 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2478 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2479 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2480 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2481
2482 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2483 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2484 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2485 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2486 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2487 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2488
2489 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2490 operators in @code{yylex}.
2491
2492 @smallexample
2493 @group
2494 #include <ctype.h>
2495 @end group
2496
2497 @group
2498 int
2499 yylex (void)
2500 @{
2501 int c;
2502
2503 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2504 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2505
2506 if (c == EOF)
2507 return 0;
2508 @end group
2509
2510 @group
2511 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2512 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2513 @{
2514 ungetc (c, stdin);
2515 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2516 return NUM;
2517 @}
2518 @end group
2519
2520 @group
2521 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2522 if (isalpha (c))
2523 @{
2524 symrec *s;
2525 static char *symbuf = 0;
2526 static int length = 0;
2527 int i;
2528 @end group
2529
2530 @group
2531 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2532 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2533 if (length == 0)
2534 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2535
2536 i = 0;
2537 do
2538 @end group
2539 @group
2540 @{
2541 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2542 if (i == length)
2543 @{
2544 length *= 2;
2545 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2546 @}
2547 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2548 symbuf[i++] = c;
2549 /* Get another character. */
2550 c = getchar ();
2551 @}
2552 @end group
2553 @group
2554 while (isalnum (c));
2555
2556 ungetc (c, stdin);
2557 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2558 @end group
2559
2560 @group
2561 s = getsym (symbuf);
2562 if (s == 0)
2563 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2564 yylval.tptr = s;
2565 return s->type;
2566 @}
2567
2568 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2569 return c;
2570 @}
2571 @end group
2572 @end smallexample
2573
2574 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2575 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2576 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2577
2578 @node Exercises
2579 @section Exercises
2580 @cindex exercises
2581
2582 @enumerate
2583 @item
2584 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2585
2586 @item
2587 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2588 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2589 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2590
2591 @item
2592 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2593 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2594 @end enumerate
2595
2596 @node Grammar File
2597 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2598
2599 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2600 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2601
2602 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2603 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2604
2605 @menu
2606 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2607 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2608 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2609 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2610 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2611 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2612 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2613 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2614 @end menu
2615
2616 @node Grammar Outline
2617 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2618
2619 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2620 appropriate delimiters:
2621
2622 @example
2623 %@{
2624 @var{Prologue}
2625 %@}
2626
2627 @var{Bison declarations}
2628
2629 %%
2630 @var{Grammar rules}
2631 %%
2632
2633 @var{Epilogue}
2634 @end example
2635
2636 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2637 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2638 continues until end of line.
2639
2640 @menu
2641 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2642 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2643 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2644 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2645 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2646 @end menu
2647
2648 @node Prologue
2649 @subsection The prologue
2650 @cindex declarations section
2651 @cindex Prologue
2652 @cindex declarations
2653
2654 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2655 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2656 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2657 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2658 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2659 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2660 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2661
2662 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2663 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2664 character constant.
2665
2666 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2667 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2668 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2669 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2670 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2671 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2672 @code{%union} declaration.
2673
2674 @smallexample
2675 %@{
2676 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2677 #include <stdio.h>
2678 #include "ptypes.h"
2679 %@}
2680
2681 %union @{
2682 long int n;
2683 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2684 @}
2685
2686 %@{
2687 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2688 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2689 %@}
2690
2691 @dots{}
2692 @end smallexample
2693
2694 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2695 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2696 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2697 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2698 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2699 @code{#include} directives.
2700
2701 @node Prologue Alternatives
2702 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2703 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2704
2705 @findex %code
2706 @findex %code requires
2707 @findex %code provides
2708 @findex %code top
2709 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2710 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2711 features.)
2712
2713 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2714 inflexible.
2715 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2716 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2717 Bison should generate it.
2718 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2719 one of @code{requires}, @code{provides}, @code{top}.
2720 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2721
2722 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2723
2724 @smallexample
2725 %@{
2726 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2727 #include <stdio.h>
2728 #include "ptypes.h"
2729 %@}
2730
2731 %union @{
2732 long int n;
2733 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2734 @}
2735
2736 %@{
2737 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2738 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2739 %@}
2740
2741 @dots{}
2742 @end smallexample
2743
2744 @noindent
2745 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2746 distinction between their functionality.
2747 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2748 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2749 definition?
2750 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2751 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2752 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2753 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2754 arguments?
2755 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2756 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2757
2758 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2759 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2760 This behavior raises a few questions.
2761 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2762 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2763 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2764 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2765 This behavior is not intuitive.
2766
2767 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2768 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2769 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2770 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2771
2772 @smallexample
2773 %code top @{
2774 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2775 #include <stdio.h>
2776
2777 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2778 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2779
2780 #include "ptypes.h"
2781 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2782 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2783 @{
2784 int first_line;
2785 int first_column;
2786 int last_line;
2787 int last_column;
2788 char *filename;
2789 @} YYLTYPE;
2790 @}
2791
2792 %union @{
2793 long int n;
2794 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2795 @}
2796
2797 %code @{
2798 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2799 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2800 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2801 @}
2802
2803 @dots{}
2804 @end smallexample
2805
2806 @noindent
2807 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2808 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2809 explicit which kind you intend.
2810 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2811
2812 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2813 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2814 parser source code file.
2815 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2816 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2817 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2818 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2819 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2820 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2821 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2822
2823 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2824 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2825 definitions.
2826 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2827
2828 @smallexample
2829 %code top @{
2830 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2831 #include <stdio.h>
2832 @}
2833
2834 %code requires @{
2835 #include "ptypes.h"
2836 @}
2837 %union @{
2838 long int n;
2839 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2840 @}
2841
2842 %code requires @{
2843 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2844 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2845 @{
2846 int first_line;
2847 int first_column;
2848 int last_line;
2849 int last_column;
2850 char *filename;
2851 @} YYLTYPE;
2852 @}
2853
2854 %code @{
2855 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2856 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2857 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2858 @}
2859
2860 @dots{}
2861 @end smallexample
2862
2863 @noindent
2864 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2865 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2866 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2867 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2868 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2869
2870 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2871 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2872 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2873 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2874 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2875 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2876 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2877 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2878 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2879 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2880 alternatives.
2881
2882 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2883 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2884 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2885 header file and the parser source code file.
2886 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2887 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2888 @code{%code requires}.
2889 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2890 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2891 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2892 @code{%code provides}:
2893
2894 @smallexample
2895 %code top @{
2896 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2897 #include <stdio.h>
2898 @}
2899
2900 %code requires @{
2901 #include "ptypes.h"
2902 @}
2903 %union @{
2904 long int n;
2905 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2906 @}
2907
2908 %code requires @{
2909 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2910 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2911 @{
2912 int first_line;
2913 int first_column;
2914 int last_line;
2915 int last_column;
2916 char *filename;
2917 @} YYLTYPE;
2918 @}
2919
2920 %code provides @{
2921 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2922 @}
2923
2924 %code @{
2925 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2926 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2927 @}
2928
2929 @dots{}
2930 @end smallexample
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2934 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2935 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2936
2937 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2938 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2939 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2940 @code{%code}.
2941 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2942 this order, Bison does not require it.
2943 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2944
2945 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2946 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2947 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2948 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2949
2950 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2951 organize your grammar file.
2952 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2953 type:
2954
2955 @smallexample
2956 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2957 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2958 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2959 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2960
2961 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2962 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2963 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2964 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2965 @end smallexample
2966
2967 @noindent
2968 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2969 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2970 type.
2971 (In the rules section, you must terminate each of those directives with a
2972 semicolon.)
2973 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2974 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2975 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2976 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2977
2978 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2979 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2980 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2981 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2982 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2983 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2984 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2985 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2986 as needed.
2987
2988 @node Bison Declarations
2989 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2990 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2991 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2992
2993 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2994 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2995 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2996 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2997
2998 @node Grammar Rules
2999 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
3000 @cindex grammar rules section
3001 @cindex rules section for grammar
3002
3003 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
3004 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
3005
3006 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
3007 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
3008 if it is the first thing in the file.
3009
3010 @node Epilogue
3011 @subsection The epilogue
3012 @cindex additional C code section
3013 @cindex epilogue
3014 @cindex C code, section for additional
3015
3016 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
3017 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
3018 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
3019 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
3020 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
3021 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
3022 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
3023 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3024 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3025
3026 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3027 from the grammar rules.
3028
3029 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3030 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3031 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3032 of the grammar file.
3033
3034 @node Symbols
3035 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3036 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3037 @cindex terminal symbol
3038 @cindex token type
3039 @cindex symbol
3040
3041 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3042 of the language.
3043
3044 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3045 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3046 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3047 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3048 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3049 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3050 the symbol to stand for it.
3051
3052 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3053 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3054 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3055
3056 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3057 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3058
3059 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3060
3061 @itemize @bullet
3062 @item
3063 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3064 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3065 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3066 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3067
3068 @item
3069 @cindex character token
3070 @cindex literal token
3071 @cindex single-character literal
3072 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3073 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3074 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3075 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3076 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3077 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3078 ,Operator Precedence}).
3079
3080 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3081 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3082 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3083 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3084 your program will confuse other readers.
3085
3086 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3087 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3088 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3089 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3090 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3091 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3092 allowed.
3093
3094 @item
3095 @cindex string token
3096 @cindex literal string token
3097 @cindex multicharacter literal
3098 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3099 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3100 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3101 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3102 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3103
3104 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3105 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3106 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3107 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3108 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3109
3110 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3111
3112 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3113 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3114 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3115 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3116 read your program will be confused.
3117
3118 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3119 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3120 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3121 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3122 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3123 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3124 @end itemize
3125
3126 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3127 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3128 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3129
3130 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3131 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3132 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3133 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3134 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3135 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3136 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3137 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3138 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3139 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3140 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3141 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3142
3143 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3144 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3145 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3146 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3147 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3148
3149 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3150 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3151 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3152 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3153 characters in the following C-language string:
3154
3155 @example
3156 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3157 @end example
3158
3159 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3160 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3161 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3162 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3163 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3164 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3165 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3166 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3167 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3168 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3169 compiling them.
3170
3171 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3172 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3173 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3174 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3175 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3176
3177 @node Rules
3178 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3179 @cindex rule syntax
3180 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3181 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3182
3183 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3184
3185 @example
3186 @group
3187 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3188 ;
3189 @end group
3190 @end example
3191
3192 @noindent
3193 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3194 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3195 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3196
3197 For example,
3198
3199 @example
3200 @group
3201 exp: exp '+' exp
3202 ;
3203 @end group
3204 @end example
3205
3206 @noindent
3207 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3208 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3209
3210 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3211 extra white space as you wish.
3212
3213 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3214 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3215
3216 @example
3217 @{@var{C statements}@}
3218 @end example
3219
3220 @noindent
3221 @cindex braced code
3222 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3223 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3224 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3225 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3226 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3227
3228 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3229 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3230 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3231 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3232 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3233 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3234 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3235 character constants.
3236
3237 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3238 @xref{Actions}.
3239
3240 @findex |
3241 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3242 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3243
3244 @example
3245 @group
3246 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3247 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3248 @dots{}
3249 ;
3250 @end group
3251 @end example
3252
3253 @noindent
3254 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3255
3256 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3257 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3258 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3259
3260 @example
3261 @group
3262 expseq: /* empty */
3263 | expseq1
3264 ;
3265 @end group
3266
3267 @group
3268 expseq1: exp
3269 | expseq1 ',' exp
3270 ;
3271 @end group
3272 @end example
3273
3274 @noindent
3275 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3276 with no components.
3277
3278 @node Recursion
3279 @section Recursive Rules
3280 @cindex recursive rule
3281
3282 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3283 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3284 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3285 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3286 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3287
3288 @example
3289 @group
3290 expseq1: exp
3291 | expseq1 ',' exp
3292 ;
3293 @end group
3294 @end example
3295
3296 @cindex left recursion
3297 @cindex right recursion
3298 @noindent
3299 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3300 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3301 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3302
3303 @example
3304 @group
3305 expseq1: exp
3306 | exp ',' expseq1
3307 ;
3308 @end group
3309 @end example
3310
3311 @noindent
3312 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3313 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3314 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3315 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3316 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3317 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3318 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3319 of this.
3320
3321 @cindex mutual recursion
3322 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3323 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3324 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3325 side.
3326
3327 For example:
3328
3329 @example
3330 @group
3331 expr: primary
3332 | primary '+' primary
3333 ;
3334 @end group
3335
3336 @group
3337 primary: constant
3338 | '(' expr ')'
3339 ;
3340 @end group
3341 @end example
3342
3343 @noindent
3344 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3345 other.
3346
3347 @node Semantics
3348 @section Defining Language Semantics
3349 @cindex defining language semantics
3350 @cindex language semantics, defining
3351
3352 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3353 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3354 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3355
3356 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3357 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3358 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3359 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3360
3361 @menu
3362 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3363 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3364 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3365 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3366 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3367 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3368 action in the middle of a rule.
3369 @end menu
3370
3371 @node Value Type
3372 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3373 @cindex semantic value type
3374 @cindex value type, semantic
3375 @cindex data types of semantic values
3376 @cindex default data type
3377
3378 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3379 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3380 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3381 Notation Calculator}).
3382
3383 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3384 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3385 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3386
3387 @example
3388 #define YYSTYPE double
3389 @end example
3390
3391 @noindent
3392 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3393 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3394 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3395 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3396
3397 @node Multiple Types
3398 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3399
3400 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3401 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3402 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3403 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3404 symbol table.
3405
3406 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3407 requires you to do two things:
3408
3409 @itemize @bullet
3410 @item
3411 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3412 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3413 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3414 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3415 the type tags.
3416
3417 @item
3418 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3419 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3420 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3421 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3422 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3423 @end itemize
3424
3425 @node Actions
3426 @subsection Actions
3427 @cindex action
3428 @vindex $$
3429 @vindex $@var{n}
3430
3431 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3432 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3433 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3434 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3435
3436 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3437 placed at any position in the rule;
3438 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3439 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3440 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3441 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3442
3443 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3444 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3445 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3446 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3447 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3448 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3449 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3450
3451 Here is a typical example:
3452
3453 @example
3454 @group
3455 exp: @dots{}
3456 | exp '+' exp
3457 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3458 @end group
3459 @end example
3460
3461 @noindent
3462 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3463 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3464 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3465 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3466 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3467 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3468 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3469 referred to as @code{$2}.
3470
3471 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3472 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3473 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3474 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3475 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3476
3477 @example
3478 @group
3479 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3480 @end group
3481 @end example
3482
3483 @cindex default action
3484 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3485 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3486 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3487 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3488 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3489 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3490
3491 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3492 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3493 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3494 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3495 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3496
3497 @example
3498 @group
3499 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3500 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3501 ;
3502 @end group
3503
3504 @group
3505 bar: /* empty */
3506 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3507 ;
3508 @end group
3509 @end example
3510
3511 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3512 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3513 definition of @code{foo}.
3514
3515 @vindex yylval
3516 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3517 any, from a semantic action.
3518 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3519 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3520
3521 @node Action Types
3522 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3523 @cindex action data types
3524 @cindex data types in actions
3525
3526 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3527 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3528
3529 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3530 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3531 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3532 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3533 in the rule. In this example,
3534
3535 @example
3536 @group
3537 exp: @dots{}
3538 | exp '+' exp
3539 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3540 @end group
3541 @end example
3542
3543 @noindent
3544 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3545 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3546 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3547 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3548
3549 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3550 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3551 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3552
3553 @example
3554 @group
3555 %union @{
3556 int itype;
3557 double dtype;
3558 @}
3559 @end group
3560 @end example
3561
3562 @noindent
3563 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3564 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3565
3566 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3567 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3568 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3569 @cindex mid-rule actions
3570
3571 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3572 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3573 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3574
3575 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3576 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3577 it is run before they are parsed.
3578
3579 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3580 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3581 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3582 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3583 @code{$@var{n}}.
3584
3585 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3586 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3587 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3588 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3589 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3590 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3591
3592 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3593 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3594 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3595 at the end of the rule.
3596
3597 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3598 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3599 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3600 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3601 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3602 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3603
3604 @example
3605 @group
3606 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3607 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3608 declare_variable ($3); @}
3609 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3610 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3611 @end group
3612 @end example
3613
3614 @noindent
3615 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3616 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3617 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3618 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3619 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3620 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3621 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3622 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3623
3624 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3625 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3626 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3627 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3628 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3629
3630 @findex %destructor
3631 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3632 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3633 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3634 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3635 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3636 restoring it.
3637 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3638 Discarded Symbols}).
3639 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3640 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3641
3642 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3643 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3644
3645 @example
3646 @group
3647 %type <context> let
3648 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3649
3650 %%
3651
3652 stmt: let stmt
3653 @{ $$ = $2;
3654 pop_context ($1); @}
3655 ;
3656
3657 let: LET '(' var ')'
3658 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3659 declare_variable ($3); @}
3660 ;
3661
3662 @end group
3663 @end example
3664
3665 @noindent
3666 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3667 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3668 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3669
3670 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3671 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3672 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3673 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3674 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3675 declaration or not:
3676
3677 @example
3678 @group
3679 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3680 | '@{' statements '@}'
3681 ;
3682 @end group
3683 @end example
3684
3685 @noindent
3686 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3687
3688 @example
3689 @group
3690 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3691 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3692 @end group
3693 @group
3694 | '@{' statements '@}'
3695 ;
3696 @end group
3697 @end example
3698
3699 @noindent
3700 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3701 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3702 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3703 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3704 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3705 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3706
3707 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3708 actions into the two rules, like this:
3709
3710 @example
3711 @group
3712 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3713 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3714 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3715 '@{' statements '@}'
3716 ;
3717 @end group
3718 @end example
3719
3720 @noindent
3721 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3722 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3723
3724 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3725 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3726 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3727
3728 @example
3729 @group
3730 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3731 declarations statements '@}'
3732 | '@{' statements '@}'
3733 ;
3734 @end group
3735 @end example
3736
3737 @noindent
3738 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3739 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3740
3741 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3742 serves as a subroutine:
3743
3744 @example
3745 @group
3746 subroutine: /* empty */
3747 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3748 ;
3749
3750 @end group
3751
3752 @group
3753 compound: subroutine
3754 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3755 | subroutine
3756 '@{' statements '@}'
3757 ;
3758 @end group
3759 @end example
3760
3761 @noindent
3762 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3763 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3764
3765 @node Locations
3766 @section Tracking Locations
3767 @cindex location
3768 @cindex textual location
3769 @cindex location, textual
3770
3771 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3772 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3773 especially symbol locations.
3774
3775 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3776 actions to take when rules are matched.
3777
3778 @menu
3779 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3780 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3781 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3782 @end menu
3783
3784 @node Location Type
3785 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3786 @cindex data type of locations
3787 @cindex default location type
3788
3789 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3790 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3791
3792 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3793 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3794 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3795 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3796 four members:
3797
3798 @example
3799 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3800 @{
3801 int first_line;
3802 int first_column;
3803 int last_line;
3804 int last_column;
3805 @} YYLTYPE;
3806 @end example
3807
3808 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3809 for @code{yylloc}.
3810
3811 @node Actions and Locations
3812 @subsection Actions and Locations
3813 @cindex location actions
3814 @cindex actions, location
3815 @vindex @@$
3816 @vindex @@@var{n}
3817
3818 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3819 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3820
3821 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3822 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3823 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3824 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3825 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3826 @code{@@$}.
3827
3828 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3829
3830 @example
3831 @group
3832 exp: @dots{}
3833 | exp '/' exp
3834 @{
3835 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3836 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3837 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3838 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3839 if ($3)
3840 $$ = $1 / $3;
3841 else
3842 @{
3843 $$ = 1;
3844 fprintf (stderr,
3845 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3846 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3847 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3848 @}
3849 @}
3850 @end group
3851 @end example
3852
3853 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3854 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3855 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3856 last symbol.
3857
3858 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3859 example above simply rewrites this way:
3860
3861 @example
3862 @group
3863 exp: @dots{}
3864 | exp '/' exp
3865 @{
3866 if ($3)
3867 $$ = $1 / $3;
3868 else
3869 @{
3870 $$ = 1;
3871 fprintf (stderr,
3872 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3873 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3874 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3875 @}
3876 @}
3877 @end group
3878 @end example
3879
3880 @vindex yylloc
3881 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3882 from a semantic action.
3883 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3884 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3885
3886 @node Location Default Action
3887 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3888 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3889 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3890
3891 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3892 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3893 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3894 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3895 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3896 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3897 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3898 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3899 of that ambiguity.
3900
3901 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3902 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3903
3904 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3905 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3906 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3907 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3908 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3909 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3910 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3911 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3912 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3913 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3914
3915 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3916
3917 @smallexample
3918 @group
3919 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3920 do \
3921 if (N) \
3922 @{ \
3923 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3924 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3925 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3926 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3927 @} \
3928 else \
3929 @{ \
3930 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3931 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3932 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3933 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3934 @} \
3935 while (0)
3936 @end group
3937 @end smallexample
3938
3939 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3940 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3941 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3942
3943 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3944
3945 @itemize @bullet
3946 @item
3947 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3948 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3949
3950 @item
3951 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3952 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3953 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3954 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3955
3956 @item
3957 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3958 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3959 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3960 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3961 @end itemize
3962
3963 @node Declarations
3964 @section Bison Declarations
3965 @cindex declarations, Bison
3966 @cindex Bison declarations
3967
3968 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3969 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3970 @xref{Symbols}.
3971
3972 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3973 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3974 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3975 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3976
3977 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3978 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3979 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3980 Grammars}).
3981
3982 @menu
3983 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3984 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3985 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3986 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3987 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3988 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3989 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3990 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3991 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3992 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3993 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
3994 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3995 @end menu
3996
3997 @node Require Decl
3998 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3999 @cindex version requirement
4000 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
4001 @findex %require
4002
4003 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
4004 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
4005 status 63).
4006
4007 @example
4008 %require "@var{version}"
4009 @end example
4010
4011 @node Token Decl
4012 @subsection Token Type Names
4013 @cindex declaring token type names
4014 @cindex token type names, declaring
4015 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
4016 @findex %token
4017
4018 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
4019
4020 @example
4021 %token @var{name}
4022 @end example
4023
4024 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4025 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4026 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4027
4028 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right},
4029 @code{%precedence}, or
4030 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4031 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4032 Precedence}.
4033
4034 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4035 a nonnegative decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4036 following the token name:
4037
4038 @example
4039 %token NUM 300
4040 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4041 @end example
4042
4043 @noindent
4044 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4045 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4046 with each other or with normal characters.
4047
4048 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4049 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4050 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4051 Than One Value Type}).
4052
4053 For example:
4054
4055 @example
4056 @group
4057 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4058 double val;
4059 symrec *tptr;
4060 @}
4061 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4062 @end group
4063 @end example
4064
4065 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4066 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4067 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4068
4069 @example
4070 %token arrow "=>"
4071 @end example
4072
4073 @noindent
4074 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4075 equivalent literal string tokens:
4076
4077 @example
4078 %token <operator> OR "||"
4079 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4080 %left OR "<="
4081 @end example
4082
4083 @noindent
4084 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4085 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4086 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4087 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4088 Syntax error messages passed to @code{yyerror} from the parser will reference
4089 the literal string instead of the token name.
4090
4091 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
4092 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
4093 of ``$end'':
4094
4095 @example
4096 %token END 0 "end of file"
4097 @end example
4098
4099 @node Precedence Decl
4100 @subsection Operator Precedence
4101 @cindex precedence declarations
4102 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4103 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4104
4105 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right}, @code{%nonassoc}, or
4106 @code{%precedence} declaration to
4107 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4108 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4109 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4110 operator precedence.
4111
4112 The syntax of a precedence declaration is nearly the same as that of
4113 @code{%token}: either
4114
4115 @example
4116 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4117 @end example
4118
4119 @noindent
4120 or
4121
4122 @example
4123 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4124 @end example
4125
4126 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4127 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4128 all the @var{symbols}:
4129
4130 @itemize @bullet
4131 @item
4132 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4133 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4134 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4135 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4136 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4137 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4138 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4139 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4140 considered a syntax error.
4141
4142 @code{%precedence} gives only precedence to the @var{symbols}, and
4143 defines no associativity at all. Use this to define precedence only,
4144 and leave any potential conflict due to associativity enabled.
4145
4146 @item
4147 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4148 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4149 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4150 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4151 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4152 @end itemize
4153
4154 For backward compatibility, there is a confusing difference between the
4155 argument lists of @code{%token} and precedence declarations.
4156 Only a @code{%token} can associate a literal string with a token type name.
4157 A precedence declaration always interprets a literal string as a reference to a
4158 separate token.
4159 For example:
4160
4161 @example
4162 %left OR "<=" // Does not declare an alias.
4163 %left OR 134 "<=" 135 // Declares 134 for OR and 135 for "<=".
4164 @end example
4165
4166 @node Union Decl
4167 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4168 @cindex declaring value types
4169 @cindex value types, declaring
4170 @findex %union
4171
4172 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4173 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4174 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4175 @code{union} in C@.
4176
4177 For example:
4178
4179 @example
4180 @group
4181 %union @{
4182 double val;
4183 symrec *tptr;
4184 @}
4185 @end group
4186 @end example
4187
4188 @noindent
4189 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4190 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4191 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4192 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4193
4194 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4195 @code{union}. For example:
4196
4197 @example
4198 @group
4199 %union value @{
4200 double val;
4201 symrec *tptr;
4202 @}
4203 @end group
4204 @end example
4205
4206 @noindent
4207 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4208 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4209 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4210
4211 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4212 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4213 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4214
4215 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4216 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4217
4218 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4219 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4220 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4221 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4222
4223 @example
4224 @group
4225 union YYSTYPE @{
4226 double val;
4227 symrec *tptr;
4228 @};
4229 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4230 @end group
4231 @end example
4232
4233 @noindent
4234 and then your grammar can use the following
4235 instead of @code{%union}:
4236
4237 @example
4238 @group
4239 %@{
4240 #include "parser.h"
4241 %@}
4242 %type <val> expr
4243 %token <tptr> ID
4244 @end group
4245 @end example
4246
4247 @node Type Decl
4248 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4249 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4250 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4251 @findex %type
4252
4253 @noindent
4254 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4255 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4256 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4257
4258 @example
4259 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4260 @end example
4261
4262 @noindent
4263 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4264 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4265 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4266 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4267 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4268 the symbol names.
4269
4270 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4271 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4272 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4273 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4274
4275 @node Initial Action Decl
4276 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4277 @findex %initial-action
4278
4279 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4280 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4281 code.
4282
4283 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4284 @findex %initial-action
4285 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4286 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4287 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4288 @code{%parse-param}.
4289 @end deffn
4290
4291 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4292
4293 @example
4294 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4295 %initial-action
4296 @{
4297 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4298 @};
4299 @end example
4300
4301
4302 @node Destructor Decl
4303 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4304 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4305 @findex %destructor
4306 @findex <*>
4307 @findex <>
4308 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4309 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4310 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4311 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4312 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4313 must discard the start symbol.
4314
4315 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4316 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4317 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4318 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4319
4320 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4321 symbol is automatically discarded.
4322
4323 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4324 @findex %destructor
4325 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4326 @var{symbols}.
4327 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4328 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4329 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4330 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4331
4332 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4333 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4334 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4335 tag among @var{symbols}.
4336 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4337 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4338 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4339
4340 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4341 (These default forms are experimental.
4342 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4343 features.)
4344 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4345 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4346 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4347 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4348 @code{%destructor}.
4349 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4350 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4351 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4352 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4353 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4354 @end deffn
4355
4356 @noindent
4357 For example:
4358
4359 @smallexample
4360 %union @{ char *string; @}
4361 %token <string> STRING1
4362 %token <string> STRING2
4363 %type <string> string1
4364 %type <string> string2
4365 %union @{ char character; @}
4366 %token <character> CHR
4367 %type <character> chr
4368 %token TAGLESS
4369
4370 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4371 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4372 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4373 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4374 @end smallexample
4375
4376 @noindent
4377 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4378 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4379 to @code{free} by default.
4380 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4381 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4382 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4383 @code{free} only once.
4384 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4385 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4386
4387 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4388 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4389 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4390 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4391 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4392 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4393 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4394 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4395 reference it in your grammar.
4396 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4397 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4398
4399 @smallexample
4400 %token END 0
4401 @end smallexample
4402
4403 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4404 @cindex mid-rule actions
4405 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4406 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4407 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4408 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4409 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4410 rule.
4411 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4412 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4413
4414 @ignore
4415 @noindent
4416 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4417 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4418 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4419 @end ignore
4420
4421 @sp 1
4422
4423 @cindex discarded symbols
4424 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4425
4426 @itemize
4427 @item
4428 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4429 @item
4430 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4431 @item
4432 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4433 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4434 @item
4435 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4436 @end itemize
4437
4438 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4439 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4440 exhaustion.
4441
4442 Right-hand side symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4443 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4444 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4445 the memory.
4446
4447 @node Expect Decl
4448 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4449 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4450 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4451 @cindex warnings, preventing
4452 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4453 @findex %expect
4454 @findex %expect-rr
4455
4456 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4457 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4458 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4459 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4460 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4461 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4462
4463 The declaration looks like this:
4464
4465 @example
4466 %expect @var{n}
4467 @end example
4468
4469 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4470 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4471 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4472 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4473
4474 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4475 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4476 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4477 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4478 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4479 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4480 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4481
4482 @example
4483 %expect-rr @var{n}
4484 @end example
4485
4486 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4487
4488 @itemize @bullet
4489 @item
4490 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4491 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4492 print the number of conflicts.
4493
4494 @item
4495 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4496 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4497 go back to the beginning.
4498
4499 @item
4500 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4501 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4502 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4503 @end itemize
4504
4505 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4506 will keep silent otherwise.
4507
4508 @node Start Decl
4509 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4510 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4511 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4512 @cindex default start symbol
4513 @findex %start
4514
4515 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4516 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4517 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4518
4519 @example
4520 %start @var{symbol}
4521 @end example
4522
4523 @node Pure Decl
4524 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4525 @cindex reentrant parser
4526 @cindex pure parser
4527 @findex %define api.pure
4528
4529 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4530 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4531 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4532 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4533 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4534 program must be called only within interlocks.
4535
4536 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4537 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4538 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4539 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4540 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4541
4542 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4543 declaration @code{%define api.pure} says that you want the parser to be
4544 reentrant. It looks like this:
4545
4546 @example
4547 %define api.pure
4548 @end example
4549
4550 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4551 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4552 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4553 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4554 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs}
4555 becomes local in @code{yyparse} in pull mode but it becomes a member
4556 of yypstate in push mode. (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4557 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4558 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4559
4560 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4561 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4562 valid grammar.
4563
4564 @node Push Decl
4565 @subsection A Push Parser
4566 @cindex push parser
4567 @cindex push parser
4568 @findex %define api.push_pull
4569
4570 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
4571 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4572
4573 A pull parser is called once and it takes control until all its input
4574 is completely parsed. A push parser, on the other hand, is called
4575 each time a new token is made available.
4576
4577 A push parser is typically useful when the parser is part of a
4578 main event loop in the client's application. This is typically
4579 a requirement of a GUI, when the main event loop needs to be triggered
4580 within a certain time period.
4581
4582 Normally, Bison generates a pull parser.
4583 The following Bison declaration says that you want the parser to be a push
4584 parser (@pxref{Decl Summary,,%define api.push_pull}):
4585
4586 @example
4587 %define api.push_pull "push"
4588 @end example
4589
4590 In almost all cases, you want to ensure that your push parser is also
4591 a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). The only
4592 time you should create an impure push parser is to have backwards
4593 compatibility with the impure Yacc pull mode interface. Unless you know
4594 what you are doing, your declarations should look like this:
4595
4596 @example
4597 %define api.pure
4598 %define api.push_pull "push"
4599 @end example
4600
4601 There is a major notable functional difference between the pure push parser
4602 and the impure push parser. It is acceptable for a pure push parser to have
4603 many parser instances, of the same type of parser, in memory at the same time.
4604 An impure push parser should only use one parser at a time.
4605
4606 When a push parser is selected, Bison will generate some new symbols in
4607 the generated parser. @code{yypstate} is a structure that the generated
4608 parser uses to store the parser's state. @code{yypstate_new} is the
4609 function that will create a new parser instance. @code{yypstate_delete}
4610 will free the resources associated with the corresponding parser instance.
4611 Finally, @code{yypush_parse} is the function that should be called whenever a
4612 token is available to provide the parser. A trivial example
4613 of using a pure push parser would look like this:
4614
4615 @example
4616 int status;
4617 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4618 do @{
4619 status = yypush_parse (ps, yylex (), NULL);
4620 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4621 yypstate_delete (ps);
4622 @end example
4623
4624 If the user decided to use an impure push parser, a few things about
4625 the generated parser will change. The @code{yychar} variable becomes
4626 a global variable instead of a variable in the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4627 For this reason, the signature of the @code{yypush_parse} function is
4628 changed to remove the token as a parameter. A nonreentrant push parser
4629 example would thus look like this:
4630
4631 @example
4632 extern int yychar;
4633 int status;
4634 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4635 do @{
4636 yychar = yylex ();
4637 status = yypush_parse (ps);
4638 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4639 yypstate_delete (ps);
4640 @end example
4641
4642 That's it. Notice the next token is put into the global variable @code{yychar}
4643 for use by the next invocation of the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4644
4645 Bison also supports both the push parser interface along with the pull parser
4646 interface in the same generated parser. In order to get this functionality,
4647 you should replace the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} declaration with the
4648 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration. Doing this will create all of
4649 the symbols mentioned earlier along with the two extra symbols, @code{yyparse}
4650 and @code{yypull_parse}. @code{yyparse} can be used exactly as it normally
4651 would be used. However, the user should note that it is implemented in the
4652 generated parser by calling @code{yypull_parse}.
4653 This makes the @code{yyparse} function that is generated with the
4654 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration slower than the normal
4655 @code{yyparse} function. If the user
4656 calls the @code{yypull_parse} function it will parse the rest of the input
4657 stream. It is possible to @code{yypush_parse} tokens to select a subgrammar
4658 and then @code{yypull_parse} the rest of the input stream. If you would like
4659 to switch back and forth between between parsing styles, you would have to
4660 write your own @code{yypull_parse} function that knows when to quit looking
4661 for input. An example of using the @code{yypull_parse} function would look
4662 like this:
4663
4664 @example
4665 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4666 yypull_parse (ps); /* Will call the lexer */
4667 yypstate_delete (ps);
4668 @end example
4669
4670 Adding the @code{%define api.pure} declaration does exactly the same thing to
4671 the generated parser with @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} as it did for
4672 @code{%define api.push_pull "push"}.
4673
4674 @node Decl Summary
4675 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4676 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4677 @cindex declaration summary
4678 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4679
4680 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4681
4682 @deffn {Directive} %union
4683 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4684 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4685 @end deffn
4686
4687 @deffn {Directive} %token
4688 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4689 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4690 @end deffn
4691
4692 @deffn {Directive} %right
4693 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4694 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4695 @end deffn
4696
4697 @deffn {Directive} %left
4698 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4699 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4700 @end deffn
4701
4702 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4703 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4704 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4705 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4706 @end deffn
4707
4708 @ifset defaultprec
4709 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4710 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4711 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4712 @end deffn
4713 @end ifset
4714
4715 @deffn {Directive} %type
4716 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4717 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4718 @end deffn
4719
4720 @deffn {Directive} %start
4721 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4722 Start-Symbol}).
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4726 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4727 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4728 @end deffn
4729
4730
4731 @sp 1
4732 @noindent
4733 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4734 directives:
4735
4736 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4737 @findex %code
4738 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4739 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at a language-dependent default location in the
4740 output@footnote{The default location is actually skeleton-dependent;
4741 writers of non-standard skeletons however should choose the default location
4742 consistently with the behavior of the standard Bison skeletons.}.
4743
4744 @cindex Prologue
4745 For C/C++, the default location is the parser source code
4746 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4747 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4748 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4749 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4750
4751 For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4752
4753 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4754 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4755 feature.)
4756 @end deffn
4757
4758 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4759 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4760 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4761 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4762 use this form instead.
4763
4764 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4765 where Bison should generate it.
4766 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4767
4768 @itemize @bullet
4769 @item requires
4770 @findex %code requires
4771
4772 @itemize @bullet
4773 @item Language(s): C, C++
4774
4775 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4776 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4777 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4778 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4779 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4780
4781 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4782 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4783 @end itemize
4784
4785 @item provides
4786 @findex %code provides
4787
4788 @itemize @bullet
4789 @item Language(s): C, C++
4790
4791 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4792 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4793
4794 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4795 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4796 @end itemize
4797
4798 @item top
4799 @findex %code top
4800
4801 @itemize @bullet
4802 @item Language(s): C, C++
4803
4804 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4805 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4806 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4807 parser source code file.
4808 For example:
4809
4810 @smallexample
4811 %code top @{
4812 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4813 #include <stdio.h>
4814 @}
4815 @end smallexample
4816
4817 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4818 @end itemize
4819
4820 @item imports
4821 @findex %code imports
4822
4823 @itemize @bullet
4824 @item Language(s): Java
4825
4826 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4827
4828 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4829 before any class definitions.
4830 @end itemize
4831 @end itemize
4832
4833 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4834 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4835 feature.)
4836
4837 @cindex Prologue
4838 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4839 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4840 @end deffn
4841
4842 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4843 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4844 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4845 @end deffn
4846 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4847
4848 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{variable}
4849 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{variable} "@var{value}"
4850 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4851 The possible choices for @var{variable}, as well as their meanings, depend on
4852 the selected target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl
4853 Summary,,%language}, @pxref{Decl Summary,,%skeleton}).
4854
4855 Bison will warn if a @var{variable} is defined multiple times.
4856
4857 Omitting @code{"@var{value}"} is always equivalent to specifying it as
4858 @code{""}.
4859
4860 Some @var{variable}s may be used as Booleans.
4861 In this case, Bison will complain if the variable definition does not meet one
4862 of the following four conditions:
4863
4864 @enumerate
4865 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"true"}
4866
4867 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is omitted (or is @code{""}).
4868 This is equivalent to @code{"true"}.
4869
4870 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"false"}.
4871
4872 @item @var{variable} is never defined.
4873 In this case, Bison selects a default value, which may depend on the selected
4874 target language and/or parser skeleton.
4875 @end enumerate
4876
4877 Some of the accepted @var{variable}s are:
4878
4879 @itemize @bullet
4880 @item api.pure
4881 @findex %define api.pure
4882
4883 @itemize @bullet
4884 @item Language(s): C
4885
4886 @item Purpose: Request a pure (reentrant) parser program.
4887 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
4888
4889 @item Accepted Values: Boolean
4890
4891 @item Default Value: @code{"false"}
4892 @end itemize
4893
4894 @item api.push_pull
4895 @findex %define api.push_pull
4896
4897 @itemize @bullet
4898 @item Language(s): C (LALR(1) only)
4899
4900 @item Purpose: Requests a pull parser, a push parser, or both.
4901 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
4902 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
4903 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
4904
4905 @item Accepted Values: @code{"pull"}, @code{"push"}, @code{"both"}
4906
4907 @item Default Value: @code{"pull"}
4908 @end itemize
4909
4910 @item lr.keep_unreachable_states
4911 @findex %define lr.keep_unreachable_states
4912
4913 @itemize @bullet
4914 @item Language(s): all
4915
4916 @item Purpose: Requests that Bison allow unreachable parser states to remain in
4917 the parser tables.
4918 Bison considers a state to be unreachable if there exists no sequence of
4919 transitions from the start state to that state.
4920 A state can become unreachable during conflict resolution if Bison disables a
4921 shift action leading to it from a predecessor state.
4922 Keeping unreachable states is sometimes useful for analysis purposes, but they
4923 are useless in the generated parser.
4924
4925 @item Accepted Values: Boolean
4926
4927 @item Default Value: @code{"false"}
4928
4929 @item Caveats:
4930
4931 @itemize @bullet
4932
4933 @item Unreachable states may contain conflicts and may use rules not used in
4934 any other state.
4935 Thus, keeping unreachable states may induce warnings that are irrelevant to
4936 your parser's behavior, and it may eliminate warnings that are relevant.
4937 Of course, the change in warnings may actually be relevant to a parser table
4938 analysis that wants to keep unreachable states, so this behavior will likely
4939 remain in future Bison releases.
4940
4941 @item While Bison is able to remove unreachable states, it is not guaranteed to
4942 remove other kinds of useless states.
4943 Specifically, when Bison disables reduce actions during conflict resolution,
4944 some goto actions may become useless, and thus some additional states may
4945 become useless.
4946 If Bison were to compute which goto actions were useless and then disable those
4947 actions, it could identify such states as unreachable and then remove those
4948 states.
4949 However, Bison does not compute which goto actions are useless.
4950 @end itemize
4951 @end itemize
4952
4953 @item namespace
4954 @findex %define namespace
4955
4956 @itemize
4957 @item Languages(s): C++
4958
4959 @item Purpose: Specifies the namespace for the parser class.
4960 For example, if you specify:
4961
4962 @smallexample
4963 %define namespace "foo::bar"
4964 @end smallexample
4965
4966 Bison uses @code{foo::bar} verbatim in references such as:
4967
4968 @smallexample
4969 foo::bar::parser::semantic_type
4970 @end smallexample
4971
4972 However, to open a namespace, Bison removes any leading @code{::} and then
4973 splits on any remaining occurrences:
4974
4975 @smallexample
4976 namespace foo @{ namespace bar @{
4977 class position;
4978 class location;
4979 @} @}
4980 @end smallexample
4981
4982 @item Accepted Values: Any absolute or relative C++ namespace reference without
4983 a trailing @code{"::"}.
4984 For example, @code{"foo"} or @code{"::foo::bar"}.
4985
4986 @item Default Value: The value specified by @code{%name-prefix}, which defaults
4987 to @code{yy}.
4988 This usage of @code{%name-prefix} is for backward compatibility and can be
4989 confusing since @code{%name-prefix} also specifies the textual prefix for the
4990 lexical analyzer function.
4991 Thus, if you specify @code{%name-prefix}, it is best to also specify
4992 @code{%define namespace} so that @code{%name-prefix} @emph{only} affects the
4993 lexical analyzer function.
4994 For example, if you specify:
4995
4996 @smallexample
4997 %define namespace "foo"
4998 %name-prefix "bar::"
4999 @end smallexample
5000
5001 The parser namespace is @code{foo} and @code{yylex} is referenced as
5002 @code{bar::lex}.
5003 @end itemize
5004 @end itemize
5005
5006 @end deffn
5007
5008 @deffn {Directive} %defines
5009 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
5010 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
5011 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
5012 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
5013
5014 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
5015 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
5016 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
5017 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
5018 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
5019 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
5020 or type definition
5021 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
5022 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
5023 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
5024 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
5025
5026 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
5027 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5028 Parser}.
5029
5030 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
5031 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
5032 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
5033 Locations}.
5034
5035 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
5036 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
5037 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
5038 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
5039 Tokens}.
5040
5041 @findex %code requires
5042 @findex %code provides
5043 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
5044 header also contains their code.
5045 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
5049 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
5050 @end deffn
5051
5052 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
5053 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
5054 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
5055 @end deffn
5056
5057 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
5058 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
5059 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
5060 @end deffn
5061
5062 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
5063 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
5064 supported languages include C, C++, and Java.
5065 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
5066
5067 This directive is experimental and its effect may be modified in future
5068 releases.
5069 @end deffn
5070
5071 @deffn {Directive} %locations
5072 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
5073 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
5074 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
5075 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
5076 accurate syntax error messages.
5077 @end deffn
5078
5079 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
5080 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
5081 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
5082 in C parsers
5083 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
5084 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
5085 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. If you use a push parser,
5086 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5087 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will
5088 also be renamed. For example, if you use @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the
5089 names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex}, and so on.
5090 For C++ parsers, see the @code{%define namespace} documentation in this
5091 section.
5092 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
5093 @end deffn
5094
5095 @ifset defaultprec
5096 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
5097 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
5098 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
5099 Precedence}).
5100 @end deffn
5101 @end ifset
5102
5103 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
5104 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
5105 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
5106 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
5107 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
5108 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
5109 file in its own right.
5110 @end deffn
5111
5112 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
5113 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
5114 @end deffn
5115
5116 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
5117 Deprecated version of @code{%define api.pure} (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%define}),
5118 for which Bison is more careful to warn about unreasonable usage.
5119 @end deffn
5120
5121 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
5122 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
5123 Require a Version of Bison}.
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
5127 Specify the skeleton to use.
5128
5129 @c You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
5130 @c You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
5131 @c different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
5132 @c correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
5133
5134 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
5135 file in the Bison installation directory.
5136 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
5137 directory of the grammar file.
5138 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
5139 @end deffn
5140
5141 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
5142 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
5143 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
5144 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
5145 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
5146 @code{"$end"},
5147 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
5148 defined in the grammar file.
5149
5150 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
5151 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
5152 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
5153 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
5154 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
5155 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
5156 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
5157 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
5158
5159 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
5160 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
5161 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
5162
5163 @table @code
5164 @item YYNTOKENS
5165 The highest token number, plus one.
5166 @item YYNNTS
5167 The number of nonterminal symbols.
5168 @item YYNRULES
5169 The number of grammar rules,
5170 @item YYNSTATES
5171 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
5172 @end table
5173 @end deffn
5174
5175 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
5176 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
5177 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
5178 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
5179 information.
5180 @end deffn
5181
5182 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
5183 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
5184 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
5185 @end deffn
5186
5187
5188 @node Multiple Parsers
5189 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
5190
5191 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
5192 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
5193 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
5194 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
5195
5196 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
5197 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
5198 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
5199 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
5200 names that do not conflict.
5201
5202 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
5203 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
5204 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. If you use a push parser,
5205 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5206 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will also be renamed.
5207 For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, the names become @code{cparse},
5208 @code{clex}, and so on.
5209
5210 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
5211 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
5212 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
5213 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
5214 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
5215
5216 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
5217 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
5218 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
5219 name for the other in the entire parser file.
5220
5221 @node Interface
5222 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
5223 @cindex C-language interface
5224 @cindex interface
5225
5226 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
5227 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
5228 functions that it needs to use.
5229
5230 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
5231 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
5232 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
5233 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
5234
5235 @menu
5236 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
5237 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
5238 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
5239 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it returns.
5240 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it returns.
5241 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
5242 which reads tokens.
5243 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
5244 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
5245 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
5246 native language.
5247 @end menu
5248
5249 @node Parser Function
5250 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
5251 @findex yyparse
5252
5253 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
5254 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
5255 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
5256 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
5257 without reading further.
5258
5259
5260 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
5261 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
5262 is due to end-of-input).
5263
5264 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
5265 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
5266 invoked.
5267
5268 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
5269 @end deftypefun
5270
5271 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
5272 these macros:
5273
5274 @defmac YYACCEPT
5275 @findex YYACCEPT
5276 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
5277 @end defmac
5278
5279 @defmac YYABORT
5280 @findex YYABORT
5281 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
5282 @end defmac
5283
5284 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
5285 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
5286 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
5287
5288 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5289 @findex %parse-param
5290 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
5291 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
5292 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
5293 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
5294 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
5295 @end deffn
5296
5297 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
5298
5299 @example
5300 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5301 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5302 @end example
5303
5304 @noindent
5305 Then call the parser like this:
5306
5307 @example
5308 @{
5309 int nastiness, randomness;
5310 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
5311 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
5312 @dots{}
5313 @}
5314 @end example
5315
5316 @noindent
5317 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5318
5319 @example
5320 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5321 @end example
5322
5323 @node Push Parser Function
5324 @section The Push Parser Function @code{yypush_parse}
5325 @findex yypush_parse
5326
5327 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5328 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5329
5330 You call the function @code{yypush_parse} to parse a single token. This
5331 function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5332 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5333 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5334
5335 @deftypefun int yypush_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5336 The value returned by @code{yypush_parse} is the same as for yyparse with the
5337 following exception. @code{yypush_parse} will return YYPUSH_MORE if more input
5338 is required to finish parsing the grammar.
5339 @end deftypefun
5340
5341 @node Pull Parser Function
5342 @section The Pull Parser Function @code{yypull_parse}
5343 @findex yypull_parse
5344
5345 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5346 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5347
5348 You call the function @code{yypull_parse} to parse the rest of the input
5349 stream. This function is available if the @code{%define api.push_pull "both"}
5350 declaration is used.
5351 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5352
5353 @deftypefun int yypull_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5354 The value returned by @code{yypull_parse} is the same as for @code{yyparse}.
5355 @end deftypefun
5356
5357 @node Parser Create Function
5358 @section The Parser Create Function @code{yystate_new}
5359 @findex yypstate_new
5360
5361 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5362 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5363
5364 You call the function @code{yypstate_new} to create a new parser instance.
5365 This function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5366 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5367 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5368
5369 @deftypefun yypstate *yypstate_new (void)
5370 The fuction will return a valid parser instance if there was memory available
5371 or 0 if no memory was available.
5372 In impure mode, it will also return 0 if a parser instance is currently
5373 allocated.
5374 @end deftypefun
5375
5376 @node Parser Delete Function
5377 @section The Parser Delete Function @code{yystate_delete}
5378 @findex yypstate_delete
5379
5380 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
5381 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
5382
5383 You call the function @code{yypstate_delete} to delete a parser instance.
5384 function is available if either the @code{%define api.push_pull "push"} or
5385 @code{%define api.push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5386 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5387
5388 @deftypefun void yypstate_delete (yypstate *yyps)
5389 This function will reclaim the memory associated with a parser instance.
5390 After this call, you should no longer attempt to use the parser instance.
5391 @end deftypefun
5392
5393 @node Lexical
5394 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5395 @findex yylex
5396 @cindex lexical analyzer
5397
5398 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5399 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5400 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5401 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5402
5403 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5404 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5405 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5406 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5407 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5408 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5409 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5410
5411 @menu
5412 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5413 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5414 of the token it has read.
5415 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5416 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5417 actions want that.
5418 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs in a pure parser
5419 (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5420 @end menu
5421
5422 @node Calling Convention
5423 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5424
5425 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5426 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5427 signifies end-of-input.
5428
5429 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5430 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5431 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5432 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5433
5434 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5435 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5436 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5437 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5438 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5439 signifies end-of-input.
5440
5441 Here is an example showing these things:
5442
5443 @example
5444 int
5445 yylex (void)
5446 @{
5447 @dots{}
5448 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5449 return 0;
5450 @dots{}
5451 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5452 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5453 @dots{}
5454 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5455 @dots{}
5456 @}
5457 @end example
5458
5459 @noindent
5460 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5461 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5462
5463 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5464 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5465
5466 @itemize @bullet
5467 @item
5468 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5469 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5470 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5471 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5472
5473 @item
5474 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5475 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5476 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5477 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5478 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5479 to Bison.
5480
5481 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5482 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5483 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5484 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5485
5486 @smallexample
5487 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5488 @{
5489 if (yytname[i] != 0
5490 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5491 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5492 strlen (token_buffer))
5493 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5494 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5495 break;
5496 @}
5497 @end smallexample
5498
5499 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5500 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5501 @end itemize
5502
5503 @node Token Values
5504 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5505
5506 @vindex yylval
5507 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5508 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5509 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5510 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5511 @code{yylex}:
5512
5513 @example
5514 @group
5515 @dots{}
5516 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5517 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5518 @dots{}
5519 @end group
5520 @end example
5521
5522 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5523 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5524 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5525 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5526 declaration looks like this:
5527
5528 @example
5529 @group
5530 %union @{
5531 int intval;
5532 double val;
5533 symrec *tptr;
5534 @}
5535 @end group
5536 @end example
5537
5538 @noindent
5539 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5540
5541 @example
5542 @group
5543 @dots{}
5544 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5545 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5546 @dots{}
5547 @end group
5548 @end example
5549
5550 @node Token Locations
5551 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5552
5553 @vindex yylloc
5554 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5555 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5556 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5557 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5558 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5559 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5560
5561 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5562 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5563 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5564 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5565 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5566
5567 @tindex YYLTYPE
5568 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5569
5570 @node Pure Calling
5571 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5572
5573 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%define api.pure} to request a
5574 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5575 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5576 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5577 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5578 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5579 pointers.
5580
5581 @example
5582 int
5583 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5584 @{
5585 @dots{}
5586 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5587 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5588 @dots{}
5589 @}
5590 @end example
5591
5592 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5593 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5594 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5595 only one argument.
5596
5597
5598 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5599 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5600 Function}).
5601
5602 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5603 @findex %lex-param
5604 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5605 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5606 @end deffn
5607
5608 For instance:
5609
5610 @example
5611 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5612 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5613 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5614 @end example
5615
5616 @noindent
5617 results in the following signature:
5618
5619 @example
5620 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5621 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5622 @end example
5623
5624 If @code{%define api.pure} is added:
5625
5626 @example
5627 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5628 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5629 @end example
5630
5631 @noindent
5632 and finally, if both @code{%define api.pure} and @code{%locations} are used:
5633
5634 @example
5635 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5636 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5637 @end example
5638
5639 @node Error Reporting
5640 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5641 @cindex error reporting function
5642 @findex yyerror
5643 @cindex parse error
5644 @cindex syntax error
5645
5646 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5647 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5648 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5649 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5650 in Actions}).
5651
5652 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5653 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5654 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5655 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5656 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5657
5658 @findex %error-verbose
5659 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5660 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5661 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5662 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5663
5664 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5665 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5666 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5667 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5668 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5669 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5670
5671 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5672 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5673 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5674
5675 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5676
5677 @example
5678 @group
5679 void
5680 yyerror (char const *s)
5681 @{
5682 @end group
5683 @group
5684 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5685 @}
5686 @end group
5687 @end example
5688
5689 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5690 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5691 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5692 immediately return 1.
5693
5694 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5695 an access to the current location.
5696 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5697 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5698 @samp{%locations %define api.pure} is passed then the prototypes for
5699 @code{yyerror} are:
5700
5701 @example
5702 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5703 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5704 @end example
5705
5706 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5707
5708 @example
5709 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5710 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5711 @end example
5712
5713 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5714 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5715 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5716 @code{%define api.pure} are pure.
5717 I.e.:
5718
5719 @example
5720 /* Location tracking. */
5721 %locations
5722 /* Pure yylex. */
5723 %define api.pure
5724 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5725 /* Pure yyparse. */
5726 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5727 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5728 @end example
5729
5730 @noindent
5731 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5732
5733 @example
5734 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5735 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5736 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5737 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5738 char const *msg);
5739 @end example
5740
5741 @noindent
5742 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5743 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5744 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5745 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5746 message is always passed last.
5747
5748 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5749 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5750 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5751 @code{yyerror}.
5752
5753 @vindex yynerrs
5754 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5755 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5756 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5757 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5758
5759 @node Action Features
5760 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5761 @cindex summary, action features
5762 @cindex action features summary
5763
5764 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5765 are useful in actions.
5766
5767 @deffn {Variable} $$
5768 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5769 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5770 @end deffn
5771
5772 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5773 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5774 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5775 @end deffn
5776
5777 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5778 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5779 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5780 Types of Values in Actions}.
5781 @end deffn
5782
5783 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5784 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5785 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5786 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5787 @end deffn
5788
5789 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5790 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5791 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5795 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5796 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5797 @end deffn
5798
5799 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5800 @findex YYBACKUP
5801 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5802 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5803 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5804 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5805 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5806 going to be reduced by this rule.
5807
5808 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5809 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5810 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5811 recovery.
5812
5813 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5814 @end deffn
5815
5816 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5817 @vindex YYEMPTY
5818 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5819 @end deffn
5820
5821 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5822 @vindex YYEOF
5823 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5824 stream.
5825 @end deffn
5826
5827 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5828 @findex YYERROR
5829 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5830 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5831 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5832 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5833 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5834 @end deffn
5835
5836 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5837 @findex YYRECOVERING
5838 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5839 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5840 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5841 @end deffn
5842
5843 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5844 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5845 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5846 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5847 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5848 Actions}).
5849 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5850 @end deffn
5851
5852 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5853 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5854 error rules.
5855 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5856 Semantic Actions}).
5857 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5858 @end deffn
5859
5860 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5861 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5862 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5863 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5864 @end deffn
5865
5866 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5867 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5868 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5869 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5870 Actions}).
5871 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5872 @end deffn
5873
5874 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5875 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5876 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5877 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5878 Actions}).
5879 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5880 @end deffn
5881
5882 @deffn {Value} @@$
5883 @findex @@$
5884 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5885 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5886 Tracking Locations}.
5887
5888 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5889
5890 @c @example
5891 @c struct @{
5892 @c int first_line, last_line;
5893 @c int first_column, last_column;
5894 @c @};
5895 @c @end example
5896
5897 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5898 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5899
5900 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5901 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5902 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5903 @c those members.
5904
5905 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5906 @end deffn
5907
5908 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5909 @findex @@@var{n}
5910 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5911 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5912 Tracking Locations}.
5913 @end deffn
5914
5915 @node Internationalization
5916 @section Parser Internationalization
5917 @cindex internationalization
5918 @cindex i18n
5919 @cindex NLS
5920 @cindex gettext
5921 @cindex bison-po
5922
5923 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5924 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5925 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5926 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5927 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5928 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5929 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5930 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5931 installation.
5932
5933 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5934 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5935 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5936 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5937
5938 @enumerate
5939 @item
5940 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5941 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5942 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5943 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5944 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5945 For example:
5946
5947 @example
5948 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5949 @end example
5950
5951 @item
5952 @findex BISON_I18N
5953 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5954 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5955 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5956 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5957 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5958 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5959 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5960 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5961 Bison-generated parser.
5962
5963 @item
5964 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5965 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5966 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5967 For example:
5968
5969 @example
5970 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5971 @end example
5972
5973 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5974 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5975 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5976 @file{Makefile}.
5977
5978 @item
5979 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5980 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5981 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5982
5983 @example
5984 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5985 @end example
5986
5987 or:
5988
5989 @example
5990 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5991 @end example
5992
5993 @item
5994 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5995 infrastructure.
5996 @end enumerate
5997
5998
5999 @node Algorithm
6000 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
6001 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
6002 @cindex algorithm of parser
6003 @cindex shifting
6004 @cindex reduction
6005 @cindex parser stack
6006 @cindex stack, parser
6007
6008 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
6009 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
6010 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
6011
6012 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
6013 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
6014 that was shifted.
6015
6016 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
6017 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
6018 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
6019 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
6020 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
6021 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
6022 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
6023
6024 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
6025
6026 @example
6027 1 + 5 * 3
6028 @end example
6029
6030 @noindent
6031 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
6032 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
6033
6034 @example
6035 expr: expr '*' expr;
6036 @end example
6037
6038 @noindent
6039 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
6040
6041 @example
6042 1 + 15
6043 @end example
6044
6045 @noindent
6046 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
6047 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
6048
6049 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
6050 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
6051 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
6052
6053 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
6054
6055 @menu
6056 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
6057 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
6058 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
6059 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
6060 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
6061 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
6062 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
6063 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
6064 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
6065 @end menu
6066
6067 @node Lookahead
6068 @section Lookahead Tokens
6069 @cindex lookahead token
6070
6071 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
6072 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
6073 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
6074 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
6075 token in order to decide what to do.
6076
6077 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
6078 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
6079 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
6080 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
6081 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
6082 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
6083 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
6084 application.
6085
6086 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
6087 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
6088 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
6089
6090 @example
6091 @group
6092 expr: term '+' expr
6093 | term
6094 ;
6095 @end group
6096
6097 @group
6098 term: '(' expr ')'
6099 | term '!'
6100 | NUMBER
6101 ;
6102 @end group
6103 @end example
6104
6105 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
6106 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
6107 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
6108 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
6109 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
6110
6111 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
6112 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
6113 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
6114 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
6115 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
6116 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
6117
6118 @vindex yychar
6119 @vindex yylval
6120 @vindex yylloc
6121 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
6122 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
6123 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
6124 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6125
6126 @node Shift/Reduce
6127 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
6128 @cindex conflicts
6129 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
6130 @cindex dangling @code{else}
6131 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
6132
6133 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
6134 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
6135
6136 @example
6137 @group
6138 if_stmt:
6139 IF expr THEN stmt
6140 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6141 ;
6142 @end group
6143 @end example
6144
6145 @noindent
6146 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
6147 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
6148
6149 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
6150 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
6151 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
6152 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
6153 rule.
6154
6155 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
6156 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
6157 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
6158 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
6159 contrast it with the other alternative.
6160
6161 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
6162 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
6163 equivalent:
6164
6165 @example
6166 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6167
6168 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
6169 @end example
6170
6171 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
6172 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
6173 making these two inputs equivalent:
6174
6175 @example
6176 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6177
6178 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
6179 @end example
6180
6181 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
6182 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
6183 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
6184 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
6185 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
6186 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
6187 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
6188 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
6189
6190 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
6191 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
6192 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
6193 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
6194
6195 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
6196 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
6197 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
6198 conflict:
6199
6200 @example
6201 @group
6202 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
6203 %%
6204 @end group
6205 @group
6206 stmt: expr
6207 | if_stmt
6208 ;
6209 @end group
6210
6211 @group
6212 if_stmt:
6213 IF expr THEN stmt
6214 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6215 ;
6216 @end group
6217
6218 expr: variable
6219 ;
6220 @end example
6221
6222 @node Precedence
6223 @section Operator Precedence
6224 @cindex operator precedence
6225 @cindex precedence of operators
6226
6227 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
6228 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
6229 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
6230 shift and when to reduce.
6231
6232 @menu
6233 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
6234 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence and associativity.
6235 * Precedence Only:: How to specify precedence only.
6236 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
6237 * How Precedence:: How they work.
6238 @end menu
6239
6240 @node Why Precedence
6241 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
6242
6243 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
6244 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
6245
6246 @example
6247 @group
6248 expr: expr '-' expr
6249 | expr '*' expr
6250 | expr '<' expr
6251 | '(' expr ')'
6252 @dots{}
6253 ;
6254 @end group
6255 @end example
6256
6257 @noindent
6258 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
6259 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
6260 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
6261 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
6262 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
6263 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
6264 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
6265 different results.
6266
6267 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
6268 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
6269 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
6270 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
6271 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
6272 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
6273 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
6274 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
6275 @samp{<}.
6276
6277 @cindex associativity
6278 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
6279 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
6280 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
6281 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
6282 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
6283 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
6284 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
6285 makes right-associativity.
6286
6287 @node Using Precedence
6288 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
6289 @findex %left
6290 @findex %nonassoc
6291 @findex %precedence
6292 @findex %right
6293
6294 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
6295 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
6296 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
6297 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
6298 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
6299 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
6300 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
6301 row''.
6302 The last alternative, @code{%precedence}, allows to define only
6303 precedence and no associativity at all. As a result, any
6304 associativity-related conflict that remains will be reported as an
6305 compile-time error. The directive @code{%nonassoc} creates run-time
6306 error: using the operator in a associative way is a syntax error. The
6307 directive @code{%precedence} creates compile-time errors: an operator
6308 @emph{can} be involved in an associativity-related conflict, contrary to
6309 what expected the grammar author.
6310
6311 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
6312 order in which they are declared. The first precedence/associativity
6313 declaration in the file declares the operators whose
6314 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
6315 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
6316
6317 @node Precedence Only
6318 @subsection Specifying Precedence Only
6319 @findex %precedence
6320
6321 Since @acronym{POSIX} Yacc defines only @code{%left}, @code{%right}, and
6322 @code{%nonassoc}, which all defines precedence and associativity, little
6323 attention is paid to the fact that precedence cannot be defined without
6324 defining associativity. Yet, sometimes, when trying to solve a
6325 conflict, precedence suffices. In such a case, using @code{%left},
6326 @code{%right}, or @code{%nonassoc} might hide future (associativity
6327 related) conflicts that would remain hidden.
6328
6329 The dangling @code{else} ambiguity (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, , Shift/Reduce
6330 Conflicts}) can be solved explictly. This shift/reduce conflicts occurs
6331 in the following situation, where the period denotes the current parsing
6332 state:
6333
6334 @example
6335 if @var{e1} then if @var{e2} then @var{s1} . else @var{s2}
6336 @end example
6337
6338 The conflict involves the reduction of the rule @samp{IF expr THEN
6339 stmt}, which precedence is by default that of its last token
6340 (@code{THEN}), and the shifting of the token @code{ELSE}. The usual
6341 disambiguation (attach the @code{else} to the closest @code{if}),
6342 shifting must be preferred, i.e., the precedence of @code{ELSE} must be
6343 higher than that of @code{THEN}. But neither is expected to be involved
6344 in an associativity related conflict, which can be specified as follows.
6345
6346 @example
6347 %precedence THEN
6348 %precedence ELSE
6349 @end example
6350
6351 The unary-minus is another typical example where associativity is
6352 usually over-specified, see @ref{Infix Calc, , Infix Notation
6353 Calculator: @code{calc}}. The @code{%left} directive is traditionaly
6354 used to declare the precedence of @code{NEG}, which is more than needed
6355 since it also defines its associativity. While this is harmless in the
6356 traditional example, who knows how @code{NEG} might be used in future
6357 evolutions of the grammar@dots{}
6358
6359 @node Precedence Examples
6360 @subsection Precedence Examples
6361
6362 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
6363
6364 @example
6365 %left '<'
6366 %left '-'
6367 %left '*'
6368 @end example
6369
6370 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
6371 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
6372 declared with @code{'-'}:
6373
6374 @example
6375 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
6376 %left '+' '-'
6377 %left '*' '/'
6378 @end example
6379
6380 @noindent
6381 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
6382 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
6383 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
6384
6385 @node How Precedence
6386 @subsection How Precedence Works
6387
6388 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
6389 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
6390 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
6391 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
6392 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
6393 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
6394
6395 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
6396 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
6397 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
6398 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
6399 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
6400 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
6401 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
6402 resolved.
6403
6404 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
6405 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
6406
6407 @node Contextual Precedence
6408 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
6409 @cindex context-dependent precedence
6410 @cindex unary operator precedence
6411 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
6412 @cindex precedence, unary operator
6413 @findex %prec
6414
6415 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
6416 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
6417 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
6418 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
6419
6420 The Bison precedence declarations
6421 can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
6422 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
6423 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
6424 modifier for rules.
6425
6426 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
6427 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
6428 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
6429 modifier's syntax is:
6430
6431 @example
6432 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
6433 @end example
6434
6435 @noindent
6436 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
6437 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6438 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6439 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6440 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6441
6442 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6443 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6444 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6445 precedence:
6446
6447 @example
6448 @dots{}
6449 %left '+' '-'
6450 %left '*'
6451 %left UMINUS
6452 @end example
6453
6454 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6455
6456 @example
6457 @group
6458 exp: @dots{}
6459 | exp '-' exp
6460 @dots{}
6461 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6462 @end group
6463 @end example
6464
6465 @ifset defaultprec
6466 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6467 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6468 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6469 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6470
6471 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6472 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6473 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6474 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6475
6476 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6477 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6478 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6479 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6480 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6481 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6482
6483 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6484 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6485 @end ifset
6486
6487 @node Parser States
6488 @section Parser States
6489 @cindex finite-state machine
6490 @cindex parser state
6491 @cindex state (of parser)
6492
6493 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6494 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6495 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6496 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6497 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6498
6499 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6500 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6501 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6502 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6503 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6504 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6505 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6506 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6507 pushed.
6508
6509 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6510 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6511 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6512
6513 @node Reduce/Reduce
6514 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6515 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6516 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6517
6518 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6519 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6520 in the grammar.
6521
6522 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6523 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6524
6525 @example
6526 sequence: /* empty */
6527 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6528 | maybeword
6529 | sequence word
6530 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6531 ;
6532
6533 maybeword: /* empty */
6534 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6535 | word
6536 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6537 ;
6538 @end example
6539
6540 @noindent
6541 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6542 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6543 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6544 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6545 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6546 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6547
6548 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6549 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6550 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6551
6552 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6553 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6554 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6555 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6556 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6557
6558 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6559 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6560 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6561 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6562
6563 @example
6564 sequence: /* empty */
6565 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6566 | sequence word
6567 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6568 ;
6569 @end example
6570
6571 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6572
6573 @example
6574 sequence: /* empty */
6575 | sequence words
6576 | sequence redirects
6577 ;
6578
6579 words: /* empty */
6580 | words word
6581 ;
6582
6583 redirects:/* empty */
6584 | redirects redirect
6585 ;
6586 @end example
6587
6588 @noindent
6589 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6590 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6591 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6592 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6593 in infinitely many ways!
6594
6595 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6596 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6597 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6598 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6599
6600 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6601 of sequence:
6602
6603 @example
6604 sequence: /* empty */
6605 | sequence word
6606 | sequence redirect
6607 ;
6608 @end example
6609
6610 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6611 from being empty:
6612
6613 @example
6614 sequence: /* empty */
6615 | sequence words
6616 | sequence redirects
6617 ;
6618
6619 words: word
6620 | words word
6621 ;
6622
6623 redirects:redirect
6624 | redirects redirect
6625 ;
6626 @end example
6627
6628 @node Mystery Conflicts
6629 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6630
6631 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6632 Here is an example:
6633
6634 @example
6635 @group
6636 %token ID
6637
6638 %%
6639 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6640 ;
6641 param_spec:
6642 type
6643 | name_list ':' type
6644 ;
6645 @end group
6646 @group
6647 return_spec:
6648 type
6649 | name ':' type
6650 ;
6651 @end group
6652 @group
6653 type: ID
6654 ;
6655 @end group
6656 @group
6657 name: ID
6658 ;
6659 name_list:
6660 name
6661 | name ',' name_list
6662 ;
6663 @end group
6664 @end example
6665
6666 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6667 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6668 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6669 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6670
6671 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6672 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6673 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6674 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6675 an @code{ID}
6676 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6677 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6678 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6679 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6680 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6681 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6682 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6683 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6684 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6685
6686 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6687 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6688 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6689 and tend to
6690 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6691 as it is now.
6692
6693 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6694 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6695 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6696 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6697
6698 @example
6699 @group
6700 %token BOGUS
6701 @dots{}
6702 %%
6703 @dots{}
6704 return_spec:
6705 type
6706 | name ':' type
6707 /* This rule is never used. */
6708 | ID BOGUS
6709 ;
6710 @end group
6711 @end example
6712
6713 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6714 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6715 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6716 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6717 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6718 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6719
6720 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6721 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6722 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6723 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6724 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6725 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6726
6727 @example
6728 param_spec:
6729 type
6730 | name_list ':' type
6731 ;
6732 return_spec:
6733 type
6734 | ID ':' type
6735 ;
6736 @end example
6737
6738 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6739 generators, please see:
6740 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6741 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6742 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6743 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6744
6745 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6746 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6747 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6748 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6749 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6750 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6751
6752 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6753 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6754 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6755 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6756 context-free languages.
6757 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6758 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6759 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6760 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6761 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6762 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6763 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6764 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6765
6766 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6767 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6768 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6769 parser uses the same basic
6770 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6771 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6772 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6773 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6774 situation, it
6775 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6776 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6777 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6778 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6779 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6780
6781 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6782 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6783 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6784 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6785 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6786 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6787 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6788 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6789 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6790 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6791 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6792 stream.
6793
6794 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6795 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6796 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6797 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6798 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6799 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6800 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6801 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6802 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6803 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6804 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6805 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6806
6807 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6808 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6809 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6810 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6811 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6812 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6813 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6814 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6815 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6816 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6817 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6818 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6819 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6820 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6821 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6822 Bison parser.
6823
6824 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6825 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6826 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6827 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6828 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6829 (2000-12-24).
6830
6831 @node Memory Management
6832 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6833 @cindex memory exhaustion
6834 @cindex memory management
6835 @cindex stack overflow
6836 @cindex parser stack overflow
6837 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6838
6839 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6840 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6841 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6842
6843 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6844 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6845 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6846
6847 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6848 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6849 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6850 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6851 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6852
6853 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6854 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6855 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6856 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6857 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6858 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6859
6860 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6861 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6862 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6863 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6864
6865 @cindex default stack limit
6866 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6867 10000.
6868
6869 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6870 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6871 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6872 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6873 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6874 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6875
6876 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6877
6878 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6879 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6880 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6881 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6882 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6883 this deficiency in a future release.
6884
6885 @node Error Recovery
6886 @chapter Error Recovery
6887 @cindex error recovery
6888 @cindex recovery from errors
6889
6890 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6891 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6892 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6893 another expression.
6894
6895 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6896 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6897 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6898 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6899 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6900 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6901 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6902
6903 @findex error
6904 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6905 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6906 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6907 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6908 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6909 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6910
6911 For example:
6912
6913 @example
6914 stmnts: /* empty string */
6915 | stmnts '\n'
6916 | stmnts exp '\n'
6917 | stmnts error '\n'
6918 @end example
6919
6920 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6921 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6922
6923 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6924 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6925 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6926 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6927 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6928 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6929 applicable in the ordinary way.
6930
6931 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6932 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6933 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6934 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6935 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6936 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6937 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6938 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6939 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6940 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6941 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6942 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6943
6944 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6945 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6946 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6947
6948 @example
6949 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6950 @end example
6951
6952 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6953 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6954 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6955 spurious error message:
6956
6957 @example
6958 primary: '(' expr ')'
6959 | '(' error ')'
6960 @dots{}
6961 ;
6962 @end example
6963
6964 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6965 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6966 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6967 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6968 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6969 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6970 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6971 @code{stmnt}.
6972
6973 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6974 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6975 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6976 error messages resume.
6977
6978 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6979 as any other rules can.
6980
6981 @findex yyerrok
6982 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6983 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6984 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6985 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6986
6987 @findex yyclearin
6988 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6989 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6990 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6991 action.
6992 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6993
6994 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6995 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6996 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6997 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6998 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6999
7000 @vindex YYRECOVERING
7001 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
7002 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
7003 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
7004 error.
7005
7006 @node Context Dependency
7007 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
7008
7009 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
7010 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
7011 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
7012 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
7013 languages.
7014
7015 @menu
7016 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
7017 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
7018 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
7019 error recovery rules must be written.
7020 @end menu
7021
7022 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
7023 neither clean nor robust.)
7024
7025 @node Semantic Tokens
7026 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
7027
7028 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
7029 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
7030
7031 @example
7032 foo (x);
7033 @end example
7034
7035 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
7036 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
7037 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
7038
7039 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
7040 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
7041 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
7042 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
7043 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
7044
7045 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
7046 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
7047 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
7048 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
7049 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
7050 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
7051 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
7052
7053 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
7054 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
7055 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
7056 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
7057 earlier:
7058
7059 @example
7060 typedef int foo, bar;
7061 int baz (void)
7062 @{
7063 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
7064 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
7065 return foo (bar);
7066 @}
7067 @end example
7068
7069 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
7070 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
7071
7072 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
7073 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
7074 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
7075 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
7076 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
7077
7078 @example
7079 initdcl:
7080 declarator maybeasm '='
7081 init
7082 | declarator maybeasm
7083 ;
7084
7085 notype_initdcl:
7086 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
7087 init
7088 | notype_declarator maybeasm
7089 ;
7090 @end example
7091
7092 @noindent
7093 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
7094 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
7095 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
7096
7097 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
7098 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
7099 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
7100 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
7101 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
7102 the syntactic context.
7103
7104 @node Lexical Tie-ins
7105 @section Lexical Tie-ins
7106 @cindex lexical tie-in
7107
7108 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
7109 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
7110 parsed.
7111
7112 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
7113 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
7114 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
7115 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
7116 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
7117
7118 @example
7119 @group
7120 %@{
7121 int hexflag;
7122 int yylex (void);
7123 void yyerror (char const *);
7124 %@}
7125 %%
7126 @dots{}
7127 @end group
7128 @group
7129 expr: IDENTIFIER
7130 | constant
7131 | HEX '('
7132 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
7133 expr ')'
7134 @{ hexflag = 0;
7135 $$ = $4; @}
7136 | expr '+' expr
7137 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
7138 @dots{}
7139 ;
7140 @end group
7141
7142 @group
7143 constant:
7144 INTEGER
7145 | STRING
7146 ;
7147 @end group
7148 @end example
7149
7150 @noindent
7151 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
7152 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
7153 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
7154
7155 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
7156 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
7157 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
7158
7159 @node Tie-in Recovery
7160 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
7161
7162 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
7163 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7164
7165 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
7166 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
7167 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
7168 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
7169
7170 @example
7171 stmt: expr ';'
7172 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
7173 @dots{}
7174 error ';'
7175 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
7176 ;
7177 @end example
7178
7179 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
7180 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
7181 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
7182 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
7183 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
7184
7185 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
7186
7187 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
7188 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
7189 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
7190
7191 @example
7192 @group
7193 expr: @dots{}
7194 | '(' expr ')'
7195 @{ $$ = $2; @}
7196 | '(' error ')'
7197 @dots{}
7198 @end group
7199 @end example
7200
7201 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
7202 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
7203 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
7204 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
7205
7206 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
7207 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
7208 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
7209 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
7210 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
7211 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
7212 clear the flag.
7213
7214 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
7215
7216 @node Debugging
7217 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
7218
7219 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
7220 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
7221 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
7222 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
7223 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
7224 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
7225
7226 @menu
7227 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
7228 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
7229 @end menu
7230
7231 @node Understanding
7232 @section Understanding Your Parser
7233
7234 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
7235 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
7236 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
7237 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
7238 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
7239
7240 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
7241 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
7242 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
7243 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
7244 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
7245 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
7246 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
7247
7248 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
7249
7250 @example
7251 %token NUM STR
7252 %left '+' '-'
7253 %left '*'
7254 %%
7255 exp: exp '+' exp
7256 | exp '-' exp
7257 | exp '*' exp
7258 | exp '/' exp
7259 | NUM
7260 ;
7261 useless: STR;
7262 %%
7263 @end example
7264
7265 @command{bison} reports:
7266
7267 @example
7268 calc.y: warning: 1 nonterminal and 1 rule useless in grammar
7269 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: nonterminal useless in grammar: useless
7270 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: rule useless in grammar: useless: STR
7271 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
7272 @end example
7273
7274 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
7275 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
7276 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
7277 interpretation is the same.
7278
7279 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
7280 to precedence and/or associativity:
7281
7282 @example
7283 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
7284 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
7285 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
7286 @exdent @dots{}
7287 @end example
7288
7289 @noindent
7290 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
7291
7292 @example
7293 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7294 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7295 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7296 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
7297 @end example
7298
7299 @noindent
7300 @cindex token, useless
7301 @cindex useless token
7302 @cindex nonterminal, useless
7303 @cindex useless nonterminal
7304 @cindex rule, useless
7305 @cindex useless rule
7306 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
7307 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
7308 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
7309 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``unused''
7310 below):
7311
7312 @example
7313 Nonterminals useless in grammar:
7314 useless
7315
7316 Terminals unused in grammar:
7317 STR
7318
7319 Rules useless in grammar:
7320 #6 useless: STR;
7321 @end example
7322
7323 @noindent
7324 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
7325
7326 @example
7327 Grammar
7328
7329 Number, Line, Rule
7330 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
7331 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
7332 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
7333 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
7334 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
7335 5 9 exp -> NUM
7336 @end example
7337
7338 @noindent
7339 and reports the uses of the symbols:
7340
7341 @example
7342 Terminals, with rules where they appear
7343
7344 $end (0) 0
7345 '*' (42) 3
7346 '+' (43) 1
7347 '-' (45) 2
7348 '/' (47) 4
7349 error (256)
7350 NUM (258) 5
7351
7352 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
7353
7354 $accept (8)
7355 on left: 0
7356 exp (9)
7357 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
7358 @end example
7359
7360 @noindent
7361 @cindex item
7362 @cindex pointed rule
7363 @cindex rule, pointed
7364 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
7365 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
7366 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
7367 that the input cursor.
7368
7369 @example
7370 state 0
7371
7372 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7373
7374 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7375
7376 exp go to state 2
7377 @end example
7378
7379 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
7380 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
7381 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
7382 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
7383 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
7384 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
7385 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
7386 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
7387
7388 @cindex core, item set
7389 @cindex item set core
7390 @cindex kernel, item set
7391 @cindex item set core
7392 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
7393 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
7394 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
7395 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
7396 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
7397 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
7398 be derived:
7399
7400 @example
7401 state 0
7402
7403 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7404 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
7405 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
7406 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
7407 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
7408 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
7409
7410 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7411
7412 exp go to state 2
7413 @end example
7414
7415 @noindent
7416 In the state 1...
7417
7418 @example
7419 state 1
7420
7421 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
7422
7423 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
7424 @end example
7425
7426 @noindent
7427 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
7428 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
7429 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
7430 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
7431
7432 @example
7433 state 2
7434
7435 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
7436 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7437 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7438 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7439 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7440
7441 $ shift, and go to state 3
7442 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7443 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7444 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7445 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7446 @end example
7447
7448 @noindent
7449 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7450 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7451 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7452 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7453 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7454 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7455
7456 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7457 state}:
7458
7459 @example
7460 state 3
7461
7462 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7463
7464 $default accept
7465 @end example
7466
7467 @noindent
7468 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7469 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7470
7471 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7472 the reader.
7473
7474 @example
7475 state 4
7476
7477 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7478
7479 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7480
7481 exp go to state 8
7482
7483 state 5
7484
7485 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7486
7487 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7488
7489 exp go to state 9
7490
7491 state 6
7492
7493 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7494
7495 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7496
7497 exp go to state 10
7498
7499 state 7
7500
7501 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7502
7503 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7504
7505 exp go to state 11
7506 @end example
7507
7508 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7509 1 shift/reduce}:
7510
7511 @example
7512 state 8
7513
7514 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7515 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7516 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7517 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7518 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7519
7520 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7521 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7522
7523 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7524 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7525 @end example
7526
7527 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7528 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7529 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7530 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7531 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7532 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7533 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7534 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7535
7536 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7537 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7538 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7539 square brackets.
7540
7541 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7542 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7543 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7544 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7545 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7546 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7547 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7548 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7549 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7550 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7551 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7552 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7553
7554 @example
7555 state 8
7556
7557 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7558 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7559 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7560 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7561 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7562
7563 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7564 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7565
7566 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7567 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7568 @end example
7569
7570 The remaining states are similar:
7571
7572 @example
7573 state 9
7574
7575 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7576 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7577 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7578 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7579 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7580
7581 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7582 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7583
7584 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7585 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7586
7587 state 10
7588
7589 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7590 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7591 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7592 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7593 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7594
7595 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7596
7597 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7598 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7599
7600 state 11
7601
7602 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7603 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7604 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7605 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7606 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7607
7608 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7609 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7610 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7611 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7612
7613 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7614 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7615 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7616 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7617 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7618 @end example
7619
7620 @noindent
7621 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7622 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7623 @samp{*}, but also because the
7624 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7625
7626
7627 @node Tracing
7628 @section Tracing Your Parser
7629 @findex yydebug
7630 @cindex debugging
7631 @cindex tracing the parser
7632
7633 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7634 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7635
7636 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7637
7638 @table @asis
7639 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7640 @findex YYDEBUG
7641 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7642 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7643 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7644 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7645 Prologue}).
7646
7647 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7648 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7649 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7650
7651 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7652 @findex %debug
7653 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7654 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7655 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7656 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7657 you, this is
7658 the preferred solution.
7659 @end table
7660
7661 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7662 always possible.
7663
7664 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7665 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7666 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and variadic
7667 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7668 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7669 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7670
7671 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7672 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7673 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7674 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7675
7676 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7677 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7678 messages tell you these things:
7679
7680 @itemize @bullet
7681 @item
7682 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7683
7684 @item
7685 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7686 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7687
7688 @item
7689 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7690 of the state stack afterward.
7691 @end itemize
7692
7693 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7694 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7695 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7696 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7697 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7698 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7699 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7700 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7701 grammar are to blame.
7702
7703 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7704 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7705 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7706 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7707 the grammar it is working.
7708
7709 @findex YYPRINT
7710 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7711 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7712 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7713 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7714 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7715 value (from @code{yylval}).
7716
7717 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7718 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Declarations, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7719
7720 @smallexample
7721 %@{
7722 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7723 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7724 %@}
7725
7726 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7727
7728 static void
7729 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7730 @{
7731 if (type == VAR)
7732 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7733 else if (type == NUM)
7734 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7735 @}
7736 @end smallexample
7737
7738 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7739
7740 @node Invocation
7741 @chapter Invoking Bison
7742 @cindex invoking Bison
7743 @cindex Bison invocation
7744 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7745
7746 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7747
7748 @example
7749 bison @var{infile}
7750 @end example
7751
7752 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7753 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7754 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7755 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7756 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7757 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7758 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7759 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7760 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7761 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7762 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7763 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7764
7765 For example :
7766
7767 @example
7768 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7769 @end example
7770 @noindent
7771 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7772
7773 @example
7774 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7775 @end example
7776 @noindent
7777 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7778
7779 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7780 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7781 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7782
7783 @menu
7784 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7785 in alphabetical order by short options.
7786 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7787 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7788 @end menu
7789
7790 @node Bison Options
7791 @section Bison Options
7792
7793 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7794 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7795 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7796 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7797 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7798 @samp{=}.
7799
7800 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7801 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7802 option.
7803
7804 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7805 @noindent
7806 Operations modes:
7807 @table @option
7808 @item -h
7809 @itemx --help
7810 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7811
7812 @item -V
7813 @itemx --version
7814 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7815
7816 @item --print-localedir
7817 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7818
7819 @item --print-datadir
7820 Print the name of the directory containing skeletons and XSLT.
7821
7822 @item -y
7823 @itemx --yacc
7824 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7825 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7826 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7827 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7828 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7829 @file{y.tab.h}.
7830 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7831 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7832 names.
7833 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7834 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7835
7836 @example
7837 #! /bin/sh
7838 bison -y "$@@"
7839 @end example
7840
7841 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7842 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7843 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7844 this option is specified.
7845
7846 @item -W
7847 @itemx --warnings
7848 Output warnings falling in @var{category}. @var{category} can be one
7849 of:
7850 @table @code
7851 @item midrule-values
7852 Warn about mid-rule values that are set but not used within any of the actions
7853 of the parent rule.
7854 For example, warn about unused @code{$2} in:
7855
7856 @example
7857 exp: '1' @{ $$ = 1; @} '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $4; @};
7858 @end example
7859
7860 Also warn about mid-rule values that are used but not set.
7861 For example, warn about unset @code{$$} in the mid-rule action in:
7862
7863 @example
7864 exp: '1' @{ $1 = 1; @} '+' exp @{ $$ = $2 + $4; @};
7865 @end example
7866
7867 These warnings are not enabled by default since they sometimes prove to
7868 be false alarms in existing grammars employing the Yacc constructs
7869 @code{$0} or @code{$-@var{n}} (where @var{n} is some positive integer).
7870
7871
7872 @item yacc
7873 Incompatibilities with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc.
7874
7875 @item all
7876 All the warnings.
7877 @item none
7878 Turn off all the warnings.
7879 @item error
7880 Treat warnings as errors.
7881 @end table
7882
7883 A category can be turned off by prefixing its name with @samp{no-}. For
7884 instance, @option{-Wno-syntax} will hide the warnings about unused
7885 variables.
7886 @end table
7887
7888 @noindent
7889 Tuning the parser:
7890
7891 @table @option
7892 @item -t
7893 @itemx --debug
7894 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7895 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7896 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7897
7898 @item -D @var{name}[=@var{value}]
7899 @itemx --define=@var{name}[=@var{value}]
7900 Same as running @samp{%define @var{name} "@var{value}"} (@pxref{Decl
7901 Summary, ,%define}).
7902
7903 @item -L @var{language}
7904 @itemx --language=@var{language}
7905 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
7906 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
7907 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C, C++, and Java.
7908 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
7909
7910 This option is experimental and its effect may be modified in future
7911 releases.
7912
7913 @item --locations
7914 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7915
7916 @item -p @var{prefix}
7917 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7918 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7919 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7920
7921 @item -l
7922 @itemx --no-lines
7923 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7924 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7925 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7926 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7927 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7928
7929 @item -S @var{file}
7930 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7931 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
7932 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
7933
7934 @c You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
7935 @c You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
7936 @c different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
7937 @c choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
7938
7939 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
7940 file in the Bison installation directory.
7941 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
7942 current working directory.
7943 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
7944
7945 @item -k
7946 @itemx --token-table
7947 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7948 @end table
7949
7950 @noindent
7951 Adjust the output:
7952
7953 @table @option
7954 @item --defines[=@var{file}]
7955 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7956 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7957 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7958
7959 @item -d
7960 This is the same as @code{--defines} except @code{-d} does not accept a
7961 @var{file} argument since POSIX Yacc requires that @code{-d} can be bundled
7962 with other short options.
7963
7964 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7965 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7966 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7967 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7968
7969 @item -r @var{things}
7970 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7971 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7972 separated list of @var{things} among:
7973
7974 @table @code
7975 @item state
7976 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7977 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7978
7979 @item lookahead
7980 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7981 each rule's lookahead set.
7982
7983 @item itemset
7984 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7985 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7986 @end table
7987
7988 @item --report-file=@var{file}
7989 Specify the @var{file} for the verbose description.
7990
7991 @item -v
7992 @itemx --verbose
7993 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7994 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7995 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7996
7997 @item -o @var{file}
7998 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7999 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
8000
8001 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
8002 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
8003
8004 @item -g[@var{file}]
8005 @itemx --graph[=@var{file}]
8006 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
8007 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
8008 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
8009 @code{@var{file}} is optional.
8010 If omitted and the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will be
8011 @file{foo.dot}.
8012
8013 @item -x[@var{file}]
8014 @itemx --xml[=@var{file}]
8015 Output an XML report of the @acronym{LALR}(1) automaton computed by Bison.
8016 @code{@var{file}} is optional.
8017 If omitted and the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will be
8018 @file{foo.xml}.
8019 (The current XML schema is experimental and may evolve.
8020 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
8021 @end table
8022
8023 @node Option Cross Key
8024 @section Option Cross Key
8025
8026 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
8027 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
8028 the corresponding short option.
8029
8030 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
8031 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
8032 @include cross-options.texi
8033 @end multitable
8034
8035 @node Yacc Library
8036 @section Yacc Library
8037
8038 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
8039 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
8040 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
8041 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
8042 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
8043 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
8044 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
8045
8046 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
8047 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
8048
8049 @example
8050 int yyerror (char const *);
8051 @end example
8052
8053 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
8054 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
8055 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
8056
8057 @example
8058 int yyparse (void);
8059 @end example
8060
8061 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
8062
8063 @node Other Languages
8064 @chapter Parsers Written In Other Languages
8065
8066 @menu
8067 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
8068 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
8069 @end menu
8070
8071 @node C++ Parsers
8072 @section C++ Parsers
8073
8074 @menu
8075 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
8076 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
8077 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
8078 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8079 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
8080 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
8081 @end menu
8082
8083 @node C++ Bison Interface
8084 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
8085 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
8086 @c - Always pure
8087 @c - initial action
8088
8089 The C++ @acronym{LALR}(1) parser is selected using the skeleton directive,
8090 @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.c"}, or the synonymous command-line option
8091 @option{--skeleton=lalr1.c}.
8092 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8093
8094 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities in the @samp{yy}
8095 namespace.
8096 @findex %define namespace
8097 Use the @samp{%define namespace} directive to change the namespace name, see
8098 @ref{Decl Summary}.
8099 The various classes are generated in the following files:
8100
8101 @table @file
8102 @item position.hh
8103 @itemx location.hh
8104 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
8105 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
8106
8107 @item stack.hh
8108 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
8109
8110 @item @var{file}.hh
8111 @itemx @var{file}.cc
8112 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
8113 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
8114 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
8115 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
8116
8117 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
8118 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
8119 @samp{%defines} directive.
8120 @end table
8121
8122 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
8123 for a complete and accurate documentation.
8124
8125 @node C++ Semantic Values
8126 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
8127 @c - No objects in unions
8128 @c - YYSTYPE
8129 @c - Printer and destructor
8130
8131 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
8132 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
8133 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
8134 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
8135 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
8136 @itemize @minus
8137 @item
8138 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
8139 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
8140 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
8141 @item
8142 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
8143 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
8144 to such objects are allowed.
8145 @end itemize
8146
8147 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
8148 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
8149 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
8150 Symbols}.
8151
8152
8153 @node C++ Location Values
8154 @subsection C++ Location Values
8155 @c - %locations
8156 @c - class Position
8157 @c - class Location
8158 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
8159
8160 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
8161 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
8162 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
8163 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
8164 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
8165
8166 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
8167 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
8168 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
8169 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
8170 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
8171 @end deftypemethod
8172
8173 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
8174 The line, starting at 1.
8175 @end deftypemethod
8176
8177 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
8178 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
8179 @end deftypemethod
8180
8181 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
8182 The column, starting at 0.
8183 @end deftypemethod
8184
8185 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
8186 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
8187 @end deftypemethod
8188
8189 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8190 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8191 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8192 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
8193 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
8194 @end deftypemethod
8195
8196 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
8197 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
8198 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
8199 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
8200 @end deftypemethod
8201
8202 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
8203 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
8204 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8205 @end deftypemethod
8206
8207 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
8208 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
8209 Advance the @code{end} position.
8210 @end deftypemethod
8211
8212 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
8213 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
8214 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
8215 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
8216 @end deftypemethod
8217
8218 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
8219 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
8220 @end deftypemethod
8221
8222
8223 @node C++ Parser Interface
8224 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
8225 @c - define parser_class_name
8226 @c - Ctor
8227 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8228 @c debug_stream.
8229 @c - Reporting errors
8230
8231 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
8232 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
8233 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
8234 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
8235 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
8236 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
8237 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
8238 additional argument for its constructor.
8239
8240 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
8241 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
8242 The types for semantics value and locations.
8243 @end defcv
8244
8245 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8246 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8247 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8248 @end deftypemethod
8249
8250 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
8251 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
8252 @end deftypemethod
8253
8254 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
8255 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
8256 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8257 @code{std::cerr}.
8258 @end deftypemethod
8259
8260 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
8261 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
8262 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8263 or nonzero, full tracing.
8264 @end deftypemethod
8265
8266 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
8267 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
8268 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
8269 described by @var{m}.
8270 @end deftypemethod
8271
8272
8273 @node C++ Scanner Interface
8274 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
8275 @c - prefix for yylex.
8276 @c - Pure interface to yylex
8277 @c - %lex-param
8278
8279 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
8280 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
8281 @code{%define api.pure} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
8282
8283 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8284 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8285 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
8286 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8287 @end deftypemethod
8288
8289
8290 @node A Complete C++ Example
8291 @subsection A Complete C++ Example
8292
8293 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
8294 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
8295 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
8296 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
8297 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
8298 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
8299 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
8300 actually easier to interface with.
8301
8302 @menu
8303 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
8304 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
8305 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
8306 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
8307 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
8308 @end menu
8309
8310 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8311 @subsubsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8312
8313 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
8314 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
8315 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
8316 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
8317 of valid input follows.
8318
8319 @example
8320 three := 3
8321 seven := one + two * three
8322 seven * seven
8323 @end example
8324
8325 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
8326 @subsubsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
8327 @c - An env
8328 @c - A place to store error messages
8329 @c - A place for the result
8330
8331 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
8332 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
8333 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
8334 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
8335 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
8336 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
8337 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
8338
8339 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
8340 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
8341 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
8342 class.
8343
8344 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8345 @example
8346 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8347 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8348 # include <string>
8349 # include <map>
8350 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8351 @end example
8352
8353
8354 @noindent
8355 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
8356 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
8357 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
8358 factor both as follows.
8359
8360 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8361 @example
8362 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
8363 # define YY_DECL \
8364 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
8365 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
8366 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
8367 calcxx_driver& driver)
8368 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
8369 YY_DECL;
8370 @end example
8371
8372 @noindent
8373 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
8374 members.
8375
8376 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8377 @example
8378 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
8379 class calcxx_driver
8380 @{
8381 public:
8382 calcxx_driver ();
8383 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
8384
8385 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
8386
8387 int result;
8388 @end example
8389
8390 @noindent
8391 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
8392 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
8393
8394 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8395 @example
8396 // Handling the scanner.
8397 void scan_begin ();
8398 void scan_end ();
8399 bool trace_scanning;
8400 @end example
8401
8402 @noindent
8403 Similarly for the parser itself.
8404
8405 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8406 @example
8407 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
8408 int parse (const std::string& f);
8409 std::string file;
8410 bool trace_parsing;
8411 @end example
8412
8413 @noindent
8414 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
8415 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
8416 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
8417 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
8418
8419 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8420 @example
8421 // Error handling.
8422 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
8423 void error (const std::string& m);
8424 @};
8425 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8426 @end example
8427
8428 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
8429 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
8430 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
8431 messages and set error state.
8432
8433 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
8434 @example
8435 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8436 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
8437
8438 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
8439 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
8440 @{
8441 variables["one"] = 1;
8442 variables["two"] = 2;
8443 @}
8444
8445 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
8446 @{
8447 @}
8448
8449 int
8450 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
8451 @{
8452 file = f;
8453 scan_begin ();
8454 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
8455 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
8456 int res = parser.parse ();
8457 scan_end ();
8458 return res;
8459 @}
8460
8461 void
8462 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
8463 @{
8464 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
8465 @}
8466
8467 void
8468 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
8469 @{
8470 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
8471 @}
8472 @end example
8473
8474 @node Calc++ Parser
8475 @subsubsection Calc++ Parser
8476
8477 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
8478 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
8479 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
8480 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
8481 the grammar for.
8482
8483 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8484 @example
8485 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8486 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8487 %defines
8488 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8489 @end example
8490
8491 @noindent
8492 @findex %code requires
8493 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8494 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8495 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8496 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8497 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8498 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8499 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8500
8501 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8502 @example
8503 %code requires @{
8504 # include <string>
8505 class calcxx_driver;
8506 @}
8507 @end example
8508
8509 @noindent
8510 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8511 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8512 global variables.
8513
8514 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8515 @example
8516 // The parsing context.
8517 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8518 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8519 @end example
8520
8521 @noindent
8522 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8523 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8524 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8525 automatically propagated.
8526
8527 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8528 @example
8529 %locations
8530 %initial-action
8531 @{
8532 // Initialize the initial location.
8533 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8534 @};
8535 @end example
8536
8537 @noindent
8538 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8539 error messages.
8540
8541 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8542 @example
8543 %debug
8544 %error-verbose
8545 @end example
8546
8547 @noindent
8548 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8549 them.
8550
8551 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8552 @example
8553 // Symbols.
8554 %union
8555 @{
8556 int ival;
8557 std::string *sval;
8558 @};
8559 @end example
8560
8561 @noindent
8562 @findex %code
8563 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8564 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8565
8566 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8567 @example
8568 %code @{
8569 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8570 @}
8571 @end example
8572
8573
8574 @noindent
8575 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8576 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8577 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8578 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8579 avoid name clashes.
8580
8581 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8582 @example
8583 %token END 0 "end of file"
8584 %token ASSIGN ":="
8585 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8586 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8587 %type <ival> exp
8588 @end example
8589
8590 @noindent
8591 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8592 @code{%destructor}.
8593
8594 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8595 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8596 @example
8597 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8598 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8599
8600 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8601 @end example
8602
8603 @noindent
8604 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8605
8606 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8607 @example
8608 %%
8609 %start unit;
8610 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8611
8612 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8613 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8614
8615 assignment:
8616 "identifier" ":=" exp
8617 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8618
8619 %left '+' '-';
8620 %left '*' '/';
8621 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8622 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8623 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8624 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8625 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
8626 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8627 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8628 %%
8629 @end example
8630
8631 @noindent
8632 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8633 driver.
8634
8635 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8636 @example
8637 void
8638 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8639 const std::string& m)
8640 @{
8641 driver.error (l, m);
8642 @}
8643 @end example
8644
8645 @node Calc++ Scanner
8646 @subsubsection Calc++ Scanner
8647
8648 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8649 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8650
8651 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8652 @example
8653 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8654 # include <cstdlib>
8655 # include <errno.h>
8656 # include <limits.h>
8657 # include <string>
8658 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8659 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8660
8661 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8662 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8663 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8664 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8665 # undef yywrap
8666 # define yywrap() 1
8667
8668 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8669 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8670 not of token_type. */
8671 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8672 %@}
8673 @end example
8674
8675 @noindent
8676 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8677 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8678 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8679 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8680
8681 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8682 @example
8683 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8684 @end example
8685
8686 @noindent
8687 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8688
8689 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8690 @example
8691 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8692 int [0-9]+
8693 blank [ \t]
8694 @end example
8695
8696 @noindent
8697 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8698 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8699 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8700 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8701 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8702 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8703 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8704
8705 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8706 @example
8707 %@{
8708 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8709 %@}
8710 %%
8711 %@{
8712 yylloc->step ();
8713 %@}
8714 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8715 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8716 @end example
8717
8718 @noindent
8719 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8720 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8721 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8722 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8723
8724 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8725 @example
8726 %@{
8727 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8728 %@}
8729 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8730 [-+*/()] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8731 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8732 @{int@} @{
8733 errno = 0;
8734 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8735 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8736 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8737 yylval->ival = n;
8738 return token::NUMBER;
8739 @}
8740 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8741 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8742 %%
8743 @end example
8744
8745 @noindent
8746 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8747 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8748
8749 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8750 @example
8751 void
8752 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8753 @{
8754 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8755 if (file == "-")
8756 yyin = stdin;
8757 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8758 @{
8759 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8760 exit (1);
8761 @}
8762 @}
8763
8764 void
8765 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8766 @{
8767 fclose (yyin);
8768 @}
8769 @end example
8770
8771 @node Calc++ Top Level
8772 @subsubsection Calc++ Top Level
8773
8774 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8775
8776 @comment file: calc++.cc
8777 @example
8778 #include <iostream>
8779 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8780
8781 int
8782 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8783 @{
8784 int res = 0;
8785 calcxx_driver driver;
8786 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8787 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8788 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8789 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8790 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8791 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8792 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8793 else
8794 res = 1;
8795 return res;
8796 @}
8797 @end example
8798
8799 @node Java Parsers
8800 @section Java Parsers
8801
8802 @menu
8803 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
8804 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
8805 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
8806 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8807 * Java Scanner Interface:: Specifying the scanner for the parser
8808 * Java Action Features:: Special features for use in actions
8809 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8810 * Java Declarations Summary:: List of Bison declarations used with Java
8811 @end menu
8812
8813 @node Java Bison Interface
8814 @subsection Java Bison Interface
8815 @c - %language "Java"
8816
8817 (The current Java interface is experimental and may evolve.
8818 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
8819
8820 The Java parser skeletons are selected using the @code{%language "Java"}
8821 directive or the @option{-L java}/@option{--language=java} option.
8822
8823 @c FIXME: Documented bug.
8824 When generating a Java parser, @code{bison @var{basename}.y} will create
8825 a single Java source file named @file{@var{basename}.java}. Using an
8826 input file without a @file{.y} suffix is currently broken. The basename
8827 of the output file can be changed by the @code{%file-prefix} directive
8828 or the @option{-p}/@option{--name-prefix} option. The entire output file
8829 name can be changed by the @code{%output} directive or the
8830 @option{-o}/@option{--output} option. The output file contains a single
8831 class for the parser.
8832
8833 You can create documentation for generated parsers using Javadoc.
8834
8835 Contrary to C parsers, Java parsers do not use global variables; the
8836 state of the parser is always local to an instance of the parser class.
8837 Therefore, all Java parsers are ``pure'', and the @code{%pure-parser}
8838 and @code{%define api.pure} directives does not do anything when used in
8839 Java.
8840
8841 Push parsers are currently unsupported in Java and @code{%define
8842 api.push_pull} have no effect.
8843
8844 @acronym{GLR} parsers are currently unsupported in Java. Do not use the
8845 @code{glr-parser} directive.
8846
8847 No header file can be generated for Java parsers. Do not use the
8848 @code{%defines} directive or the @option{-d}/@option{--defines} options.
8849
8850 @c FIXME: Possible code change.
8851 Currently, support for debugging is always compiled
8852 in. Thus the @code{%debug} and @code{%token-table} directives and the
8853 @option{-t}/@option{--debug} and @option{-k}/@option{--token-table}
8854 options have no effect. This may change in the future to eliminate
8855 unused code in the generated parser, so use @code{%debug} explicitly
8856 if needed. Also, in the future the
8857 @code{%token-table} directive might enable a public interface to
8858 access the token names and codes.
8859
8860 Getting a ``code too large'' error from the Java compiler means the code
8861 hit the 64KB bytecode per method limination of the Java class file.
8862 Try reducing the amount of code in actions and static initializers;
8863 otherwise, report a bug so that the parser skeleton will be improved.
8864
8865
8866 @node Java Semantic Values
8867 @subsection Java Semantic Values
8868 @c - No %union, specify type in %type/%token.
8869 @c - YYSTYPE
8870 @c - Printer and destructor
8871
8872 There is no @code{%union} directive in Java parsers. Instead, the
8873 semantic values' types (class names) should be specified in the
8874 @code{%type} or @code{%token} directive:
8875
8876 @example
8877 %type <Expression> expr assignment_expr term factor
8878 %type <Integer> number
8879 @end example
8880
8881 By default, the semantic stack is declared to have @code{Object} members,
8882 which means that the class types you specify can be of any class.
8883 To improve the type safety of the parser, you can declare the common
8884 superclass of all the semantic values using the @code{%define stype}
8885 directive. For example, after the following declaration:
8886
8887 @example
8888 %define stype "ASTNode"
8889 @end example
8890
8891 @noindent
8892 any @code{%type} or @code{%token} specifying a semantic type which
8893 is not a subclass of ASTNode, will cause a compile-time error.
8894
8895 @c FIXME: Documented bug.
8896 Types used in the directives may be qualified with a package name.
8897 Primitive data types are accepted for Java version 1.5 or later. Note
8898 that in this case the autoboxing feature of Java 1.5 will be used.
8899 Generic types may not be used; this is due to a limitation in the
8900 implementation of Bison, and may change in future releases.
8901
8902 Java parsers do not support @code{%destructor}, since the language
8903 adopts garbage collection. The parser will try to hold references
8904 to semantic values for as little time as needed.
8905
8906 Java parsers do not support @code{%printer}, as @code{toString()}
8907 can be used to print the semantic values. This however may change
8908 (in a backwards-compatible way) in future versions of Bison.
8909
8910
8911 @node Java Location Values
8912 @subsection Java Location Values
8913 @c - %locations
8914 @c - class Position
8915 @c - class Location
8916
8917 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the Java parser
8918 supports location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8919 An auxiliary user-defined class defines a @dfn{position}, a single point
8920 in a file; Bison itself defines a class representing a @dfn{location},
8921 a range composed of a pair of positions (possibly spanning several
8922 files). The location class is an inner class of the parser; the name
8923 is @code{Location} by default, and may also be renamed using
8924 @code{%define location_type "@var{class-name}}.
8925
8926 The location class treats the position as a completely opaque value.
8927 By default, the class name is @code{Position}, but this can be changed
8928 with @code{%define position_type "@var{class-name}"}. This class must
8929 be supplied by the user.
8930
8931
8932 @deftypeivar {Location} {Position} begin
8933 @deftypeivarx {Location} {Position} end
8934 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8935 @end deftypeivar
8936
8937 @deftypeop {Constructor} {Location} {} Location (Position @var{loc})
8938 Create a @code{Location} denoting an empty range located at a given point.
8939 @end deftypeop
8940
8941 @deftypeop {Constructor} {Location} {} Location (Position @var{begin}, Position @var{end})
8942 Create a @code{Location} from the endpoints of the range.
8943 @end deftypeop
8944
8945 @deftypemethod {Location} {String} toString ()
8946 Prints the range represented by the location. For this to work
8947 properly, the position class should override the @code{equals} and
8948 @code{toString} methods appropriately.
8949 @end deftypemethod
8950
8951
8952 @node Java Parser Interface
8953 @subsection Java Parser Interface
8954 @c - define parser_class_name
8955 @c - Ctor
8956 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8957 @c debug_stream.
8958 @c - Reporting errors
8959
8960 The name of the generated parser class defaults to @code{YYParser}. The
8961 @code{YY} prefix may be changed using the @code{%name-prefix} directive
8962 or the @option{-p}/@option{--name-prefix} option. Alternatively, use
8963 @code{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"} to give a custom name to
8964 the class. The interface of this class is detailed below.
8965
8966 By default, the parser class has package visibility. A declaration
8967 @code{%define public} will change to public visibility. Remember that,
8968 according to the Java language specification, the name of the @file{.java}
8969 file should match the name of the class in this case. Similarly, you can
8970 use @code{abstract}, @code{final} and @code{strictfp} with the
8971 @code{%define} declaration to add other modifiers to the parser class.
8972 A single @code{%define annotations "@var{annotations}"} directive can
8973 be used to add any number of annotations to the parser class.
8974
8975 The Java package name of the parser class can be specified using the
8976 @code{%define package} directive. The superclass and the implemented
8977 interfaces of the parser class can be specified with the @code{%define
8978 extends} and @code{%define implements} directives.
8979
8980 The parser class defines an inner class, @code{Location}, that is used
8981 for location tracking (see @ref{Java Location Values}), and a inner
8982 interface, @code{Lexer} (see @ref{Java Scanner Interface}). Other than
8983 these inner class/interface, and the members described in the interface
8984 below, all the other members and fields are preceded with a @code{yy} or
8985 @code{YY} prefix to avoid clashes with user code.
8986
8987 The parser class can be extended using the @code{%parse-param}
8988 directive. Each occurrence of the directive will add a @code{protected
8989 final} field to the parser class, and an argument to its constructor,
8990 which initialize them automatically.
8991
8992 @deftypeop {Constructor} {YYParser} {} YYParser (@var{lex_param}, @dots{}, @var{parse_param}, @dots{})
8993 Build a new parser object with embedded @code{%code lexer}. There are
8994 no parameters, unless @code{%parse-param}s and/or @code{%lex-param}s are
8995 used.
8996
8997 Use @code{%code init} for code added to the start of the constructor
8998 body. This is especially useful to initialize superclasses. Use
8999 @code{%define init_throws} to specify any uncatch exceptions.
9000 @end deftypeop
9001
9002 @deftypeop {Constructor} {YYParser} {} YYParser (Lexer @var{lexer}, @var{parse_param}, @dots{})
9003 Build a new parser object using the specified scanner. There are no
9004 additional parameters unless @code{%parse-param}s are used.
9005
9006 If the scanner is defined by @code{%code lexer}, this constructor is
9007 declared @code{protected} and is called automatically with a scanner
9008 created with the correct @code{%lex-param}s.
9009
9010 Use @code{%code init} for code added to the start of the constructor
9011 body. This is especially useful to initialize superclasses. Use
9012 @code{%define init_throws} to specify any uncatch exceptions.
9013 @end deftypeop
9014
9015 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} parse ()
9016 Run the syntactic analysis, and return @code{true} on success,
9017 @code{false} otherwise.
9018 @end deftypemethod
9019
9020 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} getErrorVerbose ()
9021 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setErrorVerbose (boolean @var{verbose})
9022 Get or set the option to produce verbose error messages. These are only
9023 available with the @code{%error-verbose} directive, which also turn on
9024 verbose error messages.
9025 @end deftypemethod
9026
9027 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} yyerror (String @var{msg})
9028 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} yyerror (Position @var{pos}, String @var{msg})
9029 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} yyerror (Location @var{loc}, String @var{msg})
9030 Print an error message using the @code{yyerror} method of the scanner
9031 instance in use. The @code{Location} and @code{Position} parameters are
9032 available only if location tracking is active.
9033 @end deftypemethod
9034
9035 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} recovering ()
9036 During the syntactic analysis, return @code{true} if recovering
9037 from a syntax error.
9038 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9039 @end deftypemethod
9040
9041 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {java.io.PrintStream} getDebugStream ()
9042 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugStream (java.io.printStream @var{o})
9043 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
9044 @code{System.err}.
9045 @end deftypemethod
9046
9047 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} getDebugLevel ()
9048 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugLevel (int @var{l})
9049 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
9050 or nonzero, full tracing.
9051 @end deftypemethod
9052
9053 @deftypecv {Constant} {YYParser} {String} {bisonVersion}
9054 @deftypecvx {Constant} {YYParser} {String} {bisonSkeleton}
9055 Identify the Bison version and skeleton used to generate this parser.
9056 @end deftypecv
9057
9058
9059 @node Java Scanner Interface
9060 @subsection Java Scanner Interface
9061 @c - %code lexer
9062 @c - %lex-param
9063 @c - Lexer interface
9064
9065 There are two possible ways to interface a Bison-generated Java parser
9066 with a scanner: the scanner may be defined by @code{%code lexer}, or
9067 defined elsewhere. In either case, the scanner has to implement the
9068 @code{Lexer} inner interface of the parser class. This interface also
9069 contain constants for all user-defined token names and the predefined
9070 @code{EOF} token.
9071
9072 In the first case, the body of the scanner class is placed in
9073 @code{%code lexer} blocks. If you want to pass parameters from the
9074 parser constructor to the scanner constructor, specify them with
9075 @code{%lex-param}; they are passed before @code{%parse-param}s to the
9076 constructor.
9077
9078 In the second case, the scanner has to implement the @code{Lexer} interface,
9079 which is defined within the parser class (e.g., @code{YYParser.Lexer}).
9080 The constructor of the parser object will then accept an object
9081 implementing the interface; @code{%lex-param} is not used in this
9082 case.
9083
9084 In both cases, the scanner has to implement the following methods.
9085
9086 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {void} yyerror (Location @var{loc}, String @var{msg})
9087 This method is defined by the user to emit an error message. The first
9088 parameter is omitted if location tracking is not active. Its type can be
9089 changed using @code{%define location_type "@var{class-name}".}
9090 @end deftypemethod
9091
9092 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {int} yylex ()
9093 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
9094 value and location are saved and returned by the ther methods in the
9095 interface.
9096
9097 Use @code{%define lex_throws} to specify any uncaught exceptions.
9098 Default is @code{java.io.IOException}.
9099 @end deftypemethod
9100
9101 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Position} getStartPos ()
9102 @deftypemethodx {Lexer} {Position} getEndPos ()
9103 Return respectively the first position of the last token that
9104 @code{yylex} returned, and the first position beyond it. These
9105 methods are not needed unless location tracking is active.
9106
9107 The return type can be changed using @code{%define position_type
9108 "@var{class-name}".}
9109 @end deftypemethod
9110
9111 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Object} getLVal ()
9112 Return the semantical value of the last token that yylex returned.
9113
9114 The return type can be changed using @code{%define stype
9115 "@var{class-name}".}
9116 @end deftypemethod
9117
9118
9119 @node Java Action Features
9120 @subsection Special Features for Use in Java Actions
9121
9122 The following special constructs can be uses in Java actions.
9123 Other analogous C action features are currently unavailable for Java.
9124
9125 Use @code{%define throws} to specify any uncaught exceptions from parser
9126 actions, and initial actions specified by @code{%initial-action}.
9127
9128 @defvar $@var{n}
9129 The semantic value for the @var{n}th component of the current rule.
9130 This may not be assigned to.
9131 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9132 @end defvar
9133
9134 @defvar $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
9135 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies a alternative type @var{typealt}.
9136 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9137 @end defvar
9138
9139 @defvar $$
9140 The semantic value for the grouping made by the current rule. As a
9141 value, this is in the base type (@code{Object} or as specified by
9142 @code{%define stype}) as in not cast to the declared subtype because
9143 casts are not allowed on the left-hand side of Java assignments.
9144 Use an explicit Java cast if the correct subtype is needed.
9145 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9146 @end defvar
9147
9148 @defvar $<@var{typealt}>$
9149 Same as @code{$$} since Java always allow assigning to the base type.
9150 Perhaps we should use this and @code{$<>$} for the value and @code{$$}
9151 for setting the value but there is currently no easy way to distinguish
9152 these constructs.
9153 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9154 @end defvar
9155
9156 @defvar @@@var{n}
9157 The location information of the @var{n}th component of the current rule.
9158 This may not be assigned to.
9159 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9160 @end defvar
9161
9162 @defvar @@$
9163 The location information of the grouping made by the current rule.
9164 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9165 @end defvar
9166
9167 @deffn {Statement} {return YYABORT;}
9168 Return immediately from the parser, indicating failure.
9169 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9170 @end deffn
9171
9172 @deffn {Statement} {return YYACCEPT;}
9173 Return immediately from the parser, indicating success.
9174 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9175 @end deffn
9176
9177 @deffn {Statement} {return YYERROR;}
9178 Start error recovery without printing an error message.
9179 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9180 @end deffn
9181
9182 @deffn {Statement} {return YYFAIL;}
9183 Print an error message and start error recovery.
9184 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9185 @end deffn
9186
9187 @deftypefn {Function} {boolean} recovering ()
9188 Return whether error recovery is being done. In this state, the parser
9189 reads token until it reaches a known state, and then restarts normal
9190 operation.
9191 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9192 @end deftypefn
9193
9194 @deftypefn {Function} {void} yyerror (String @var{msg})
9195 @deftypefnx {Function} {void} yyerror (Position @var{loc}, String @var{msg})
9196 @deftypefnx {Function} {void} yyerror (Location @var{loc}, String @var{msg})
9197 Print an error message using the @code{yyerror} method of the scanner
9198 instance in use. The @code{Location} and @code{Position} parameters are
9199 available only if location tracking is active.
9200 @end deftypefn
9201
9202
9203 @node Java Differences
9204 @subsection Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
9205
9206 The different structure of the Java language forces several differences
9207 between C/C++ grammars, and grammars designed for Java parsers. This
9208 section summarizes these differences.
9209
9210 @itemize
9211 @item
9212 Java lacks a preprocessor, so the @code{YYERROR}, @code{YYACCEPT},
9213 @code{YYABORT} symbols (@pxref{Table of Symbols}) cannot obviously be
9214 macros. Instead, they should be preceded by @code{return} when they
9215 appear in an action. The actual definition of these symbols is
9216 opaque to the Bison grammar, and it might change in the future. The
9217 only meaningful operation that you can do, is to return them.
9218 See @pxref{Java Action Features}.
9219
9220 Note that of these three symbols, only @code{YYACCEPT} and
9221 @code{YYABORT} will cause a return from the @code{yyparse}
9222 method@footnote{Java parsers include the actions in a separate
9223 method than @code{yyparse} in order to have an intuitive syntax that
9224 corresponds to these C macros.}.
9225
9226 @item
9227 Java lacks unions, so @code{%union} has no effect. Instead, semantic
9228 values have a common base type: @code{Object} or as specified by
9229 @code{%define stype}. Angle backets on @code{%token}, @code{type},
9230 @code{$@var{n}} and @code{$$} specify subtypes rather than fields of
9231 an union. The type of @code{$$}, even with angle brackets, is the base
9232 type since Java casts are not allow on the left-hand side of assignments.
9233 Also, @code{$@var{n}} and @code{@@@var{n}} are not allowed on the
9234 left-hand side of assignments. See @pxref{Java Semantic Values} and
9235 @pxref{Java Action Features}.
9236
9237 @item
9238 The prolog declarations have a different meaning than in C/C++ code.
9239 @table @asis
9240 @item @code{%code imports}
9241 blocks are placed at the beginning of the Java source code. They may
9242 include copyright notices. For a @code{package} declarations, it is
9243 suggested to use @code{%define package} instead.
9244
9245 @item unqualified @code{%code}
9246 blocks are placed inside the parser class.
9247
9248 @item @code{%code lexer}
9249 blocks, if specified, should include the implementation of the
9250 scanner. If there is no such block, the scanner can be any class
9251 that implements the appropriate interface (see @pxref{Java Scanner
9252 Interface}).
9253 @end table
9254
9255 Other @code{%code} blocks are not supported in Java parsers.
9256 In particular, @code{%@{ @dots{} %@}} blocks should not be used
9257 and may give an error in future versions of Bison.
9258
9259 The epilogue has the same meaning as in C/C++ code and it can
9260 be used to define other classes used by the parser @emph{outside}
9261 the parser class.
9262 @end itemize
9263
9264
9265 @node Java Declarations Summary
9266 @subsection Java Declarations Summary
9267
9268 This summary only include declarations specific to Java or have special
9269 meaning when used in a Java parser.
9270
9271 @deffn {Directive} {%language "Java"}
9272 Generate a Java class for the parser.
9273 @end deffn
9274
9275 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{type} @var{name}@}
9276 A parameter for the lexer class defined by @code{%code lexer}
9277 @emph{only}, added as parameters to the lexer constructor and the parser
9278 constructor that @emph{creates} a lexer. Default is none.
9279 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9280 @end deffn
9281
9282 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9283 The prefix of the parser class name @code{@var{prefix}Parser} if
9284 @code{%define parser_class_name} is not used. Default is @code{YY}.
9285 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9286 @end deffn
9287
9288 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{type} @var{name}@}
9289 A parameter for the parser class added as parameters to constructor(s)
9290 and as fields initialized by the constructor(s). Default is none.
9291 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9292 @end deffn
9293
9294 @deffn {Directive} %token <@var{type}> @var{token} @dots{}
9295 Declare tokens. Note that the angle brackets enclose a Java @emph{type}.
9296 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9297 @end deffn
9298
9299 @deffn {Directive} %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal} @dots{}
9300 Declare the type of nonterminals. Note that the angle brackets enclose
9301 a Java @emph{type}.
9302 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9303 @end deffn
9304
9305 @deffn {Directive} %code @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9306 Code appended to the inside of the parser class.
9307 @xref{Java Differences}.
9308 @end deffn
9309
9310 @deffn {Directive} {%code imports} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9311 Code inserted just after the @code{package} declaration.
9312 @xref{Java Differences}.
9313 @end deffn
9314
9315 @deffn {Directive} {%code init} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9316 Code inserted at the beginning of the parser constructor body.
9317 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9318 @end deffn
9319
9320 @deffn {Directive} {%code lexer} @{ @var{code} @dots{} @}
9321 Code added to the body of a inner lexer class within the parser class.
9322 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9323 @end deffn
9324
9325 @deffn {Directive} %% @var{code} @dots{}
9326 Code (after the second @code{%%}) appended to the end of the file,
9327 @emph{outside} the parser class.
9328 @xref{Java Differences}.
9329 @end deffn
9330
9331 @deffn {Directive} %@{ @var{code} @dots{} %@}
9332 Not supported. Use @code{%code imports} instead.
9333 @xref{Java Differences}.
9334 @end deffn
9335
9336 @deffn {Directive} {%define abstract}
9337 Whether the parser class is declared @code{abstract}. Default is false.
9338 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9339 @end deffn
9340
9341 @deffn {Directive} {%define annotations} "@var{annotations}"
9342 The Java annotations for the parser class. Default is none.
9343 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9344 @end deffn
9345
9346 @deffn {Directive} {%define extends} "@var{superclass}"
9347 The superclass of the parser class. Default is none.
9348 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9349 @end deffn
9350
9351 @deffn {Directive} {%define final}
9352 Whether the parser class is declared @code{final}. Default is false.
9353 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9354 @end deffn
9355
9356 @deffn {Directive} {%define implements} "@var{interfaces}"
9357 The implemented interfaces of the parser class, a comma-separated list.
9358 Default is none.
9359 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9360 @end deffn
9361
9362 @deffn {Directive} {%define init_throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9363 The exceptions thrown by @code{%code init} from the parser class
9364 constructor. Default is none.
9365 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9366 @end deffn
9367
9368 @deffn {Directive} {%define lex_throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9369 The exceptions thrown by the @code{yylex} method of the lexer, a
9370 comma-separated list. Default is @code{java.io.IOException}.
9371 @xref{Java Scanner Interface}.
9372 @end deffn
9373
9374 @deffn {Directive} {%define location_type} "@var{class}"
9375 The name of the class used for locations (a range between two
9376 positions). This class is generated as an inner class of the parser
9377 class by @command{bison}. Default is @code{Location}.
9378 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9379 @end deffn
9380
9381 @deffn {Directive} {%define package} "@var{package}"
9382 The package to put the parser class in. Default is none.
9383 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9384 @end deffn
9385
9386 @deffn {Directive} {%define parser_class_name} "@var{name}"
9387 The name of the parser class. Default is @code{YYParser} or
9388 @code{@var{name-prefix}Parser}.
9389 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9390 @end deffn
9391
9392 @deffn {Directive} {%define position_type} "@var{class}"
9393 The name of the class used for positions. This class must be supplied by
9394 the user. Default is @code{Position}.
9395 @xref{Java Location Values}.
9396 @end deffn
9397
9398 @deffn {Directive} {%define public}
9399 Whether the parser class is declared @code{public}. Default is false.
9400 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9401 @end deffn
9402
9403 @deffn {Directive} {%define stype} "@var{class}"
9404 The base type of semantic values. Default is @code{Object}.
9405 @xref{Java Semantic Values}.
9406 @end deffn
9407
9408 @deffn {Directive} {%define strictfp}
9409 Whether the parser class is declared @code{strictfp}. Default is false.
9410 @xref{Java Bison Interface}.
9411 @end deffn
9412
9413 @deffn {Directive} {%define throws} "@var{exceptions}"
9414 The exceptions thrown by user-supplied parser actions and
9415 @code{%initial-action}, a comma-separated list. Default is none.
9416 @xref{Java Parser Interface}.
9417 @end deffn
9418
9419
9420 @c ================================================= FAQ
9421
9422 @node FAQ
9423 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
9424 @cindex frequently asked questions
9425 @cindex questions
9426
9427 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
9428 are addressed.
9429
9430 @menu
9431 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
9432 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
9433 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
9434 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
9435 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
9436 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
9437 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
9438 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
9439 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
9440 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
9441 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
9442 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
9443 @end menu
9444
9445 @node Memory Exhausted
9446 @section Memory Exhausted
9447
9448 @display
9449 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
9450 message. What can I do?
9451 @end display
9452
9453 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
9454 ,Recursive Rules}.
9455
9456 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
9457 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
9458
9459 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
9460 following typical questions:
9461
9462 @display
9463 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
9464 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
9465 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
9466 @end display
9467
9468 @noindent
9469 or
9470
9471 @display
9472 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
9473 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
9474 although I did specify @code{%define api.pure}.
9475 @end display
9476
9477 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
9478 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
9479 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
9480 demonstration, consider the following source file,
9481 @file{first-line.l}:
9482
9483 @verbatim
9484 %{
9485 #include <stdio.h>
9486 #include <stdlib.h>
9487 %}
9488 %%
9489 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
9490 %%
9491 int
9492 yyparse (char const *file)
9493 {
9494 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
9495 if (!yyin)
9496 exit (2);
9497 /* One token only. */
9498 yylex ();
9499 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
9500 exit (3);
9501 return 0;
9502 }
9503
9504 int
9505 main (void)
9506 {
9507 yyparse ("input");
9508 yyparse ("input");
9509 return 0;
9510 }
9511 @end verbatim
9512
9513 @noindent
9514 If the file @file{input} contains
9515
9516 @verbatim
9517 input:1: Hello,
9518 input:2: World!
9519 @end verbatim
9520
9521 @noindent
9522 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
9523
9524 @example
9525 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
9526 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
9527 $ @kbd{./first-line}
9528 input:1: Hello,
9529 input:2: World!
9530 @end example
9531
9532 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
9533 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
9534 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
9535 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
9536 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
9537 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
9538 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
9539 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
9540 input buffers.
9541
9542 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
9543 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
9544 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
9545 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
9546
9547 @node Strings are Destroyed
9548 @section Strings are Destroyed
9549
9550 @display
9551 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
9552 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
9553 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
9554 @end display
9555
9556 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
9557 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
9558 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
9559
9560 @verbatim
9561 %{
9562 #include <stdio.h>
9563 char *yylval = NULL;
9564 %}
9565 %%
9566 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
9567 \n /* IGNORE */
9568 %%
9569 int
9570 main ()
9571 {
9572 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
9573 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
9574 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
9575 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
9576 return 0;
9577 }
9578 @end verbatim
9579
9580 If you compile and run this code, you get:
9581
9582 @example
9583 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9584 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9585 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9586 "one
9587 two", "two"
9588 @end example
9589
9590 @noindent
9591 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
9592 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
9593 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
9594 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
9595 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
9596 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
9597
9598 @example
9599 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9600 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9601 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9602 "two", "two"
9603 @end example
9604
9605
9606 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
9607 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
9608
9609 @display
9610 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
9611 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
9612 @end display
9613
9614 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
9615 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
9616 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
9617 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
9618 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
9619 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
9620 execute simple instructions one after the others.
9621
9622 @cindex abstract syntax tree
9623 @cindex @acronym{AST}
9624 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
9625 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
9626 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
9627 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
9628 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
9629 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
9630 compiler.
9631
9632 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
9633 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
9634
9635
9636 @node Multiple start-symbols
9637 @section Multiple start-symbols
9638
9639 @display
9640 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
9641 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
9642 multiple entry points.
9643 @end display
9644
9645 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
9646 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
9647 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
9648 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
9649 real start-symbol:
9650
9651 @example
9652 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
9653 %start start;
9654 start: START_FOO foo
9655 | START_BAR bar;
9656 @end example
9657
9658 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
9659 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
9660
9661 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
9662 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
9663 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
9664 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
9665 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
9666 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
9667 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
9668 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
9669
9670 @example
9671 /* @r{Prologue.} */
9672 %%
9673 %@{
9674 if (start_token)
9675 @{
9676 int t = start_token;
9677 start_token = 0;
9678 return t;
9679 @}
9680 %@}
9681 /* @r{The rules.} */
9682 @end example
9683
9684
9685 @node Secure? Conform?
9686 @section Secure? Conform?
9687
9688 @display
9689 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
9690 @end display
9691
9692 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
9693 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
9694 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
9695 please send us a bug report.
9696
9697 @node I can't build Bison
9698 @section I can't build Bison
9699
9700 @display
9701 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
9702 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
9703 What should I do?
9704 @end display
9705
9706 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
9707 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
9708 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
9709 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
9710 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
9711 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
9712 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
9713
9714
9715 @node Where can I find help?
9716 @section Where can I find help?
9717
9718 @display
9719 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
9720 @end display
9721
9722 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
9723 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
9724 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
9725 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
9726 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
9727 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
9728 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
9729 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
9730 hearts.
9731
9732 @node Bug Reports
9733 @section Bug Reports
9734
9735 @display
9736 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
9737 @end display
9738
9739 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
9740 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
9741 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
9742 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
9743 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
9744
9745 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
9746 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
9747 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
9748 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
9749 easier it will be to fix the bug.
9750
9751 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
9752 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
9753 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
9754 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
9755 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
9756 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
9757
9758 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
9759 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
9760
9761 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
9762
9763 @node More Languages
9764 @section More Languages
9765
9766 @display
9767 Will Bison ever have C++ and Java support? How about @var{insert your
9768 favorite language here}?
9769 @end display
9770
9771 C++ and Java support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
9772 languages; contributions are welcome.
9773
9774 @node Beta Testing
9775 @section Beta Testing
9776
9777 @display
9778 What is involved in being a beta tester?
9779 @end display
9780
9781 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
9782 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
9783 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
9784 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
9785 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
9786 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
9787 essentially halted.
9788
9789 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
9790 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
9791 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
9792 systems are especially welcome.
9793
9794 @node Mailing Lists
9795 @section Mailing Lists
9796
9797 @display
9798 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
9799 @end display
9800
9801 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
9802
9803 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
9804
9805 @node Table of Symbols
9806 @appendix Bison Symbols
9807 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
9808 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
9809
9810 @deffn {Variable} @@$
9811 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
9812 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9813 @end deffn
9814
9815 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
9816 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
9817 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9818 @end deffn
9819
9820 @deffn {Variable} $$
9821 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
9822 @xref{Actions}.
9823 @end deffn
9824
9825 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
9826 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
9827 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
9828 @end deffn
9829
9830 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
9831 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
9832 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
9833 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
9834 @end deffn
9835
9836 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
9837 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
9838 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
9839 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
9840 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
9841 Grammar}.
9842 @end deffn
9843
9844 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
9845 Comment delimiters, as in C.
9846 @end deffn
9847
9848 @deffn {Delimiter} :
9849 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
9850 Grammar Rules}.
9851 @end deffn
9852
9853 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
9854 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9855 @end deffn
9856
9857 @deffn {Delimiter} |
9858 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
9859 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9860 @end deffn
9861
9862 @deffn {Directive} <*>
9863 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
9864 @code{%printer}.
9865
9866 This feature is experimental.
9867 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9868 feature.
9869
9870 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9871 @end deffn
9872
9873 @deffn {Directive} <>
9874 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
9875 @code{%printer}.
9876
9877 This feature is experimental.
9878 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9879 feature.
9880
9881 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9882 @end deffn
9883
9884 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
9885 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
9886 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
9887 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
9888 @end deffn
9889
9890 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
9891 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
9892 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
9893 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
9894 @end deffn
9895
9896 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9897 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9898 @end deffn
9899
9900 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9901 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9902 @end deffn
9903
9904 @ifset defaultprec
9905 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
9906 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9907 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9908 Precedence}.
9909 @end deffn
9910 @end ifset
9911
9912 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
9913 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
9914 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
9915 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
9916 @end deffn
9917
9918 @deffn {Directive} %defines
9919 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
9920 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9921 @end deffn
9922
9923 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
9924 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
9925 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9926 @end deffn
9927
9928 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
9929 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
9930 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9931 @end deffn
9932
9933 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
9934 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
9935 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
9936 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9937 @end deffn
9938
9939 @deffn {Symbol} $end
9940 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
9941 used in the grammar.
9942 @end deffn
9943
9944 @deffn {Symbol} error
9945 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
9946 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
9947 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
9948 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
9949 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
9950 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
9951 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
9952 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9953 @end deffn
9954
9955 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
9956 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
9957 when @code{yyerror} is called.
9958 @end deffn
9959
9960 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9961 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
9962 Summary}.
9963 @end deffn
9964
9965 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
9966 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
9967 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9968 @end deffn
9969
9970 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
9971 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
9972 @end deffn
9973
9974 @deffn {Directive} %language
9975 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
9976 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9977 @end deffn
9978
9979 @deffn {Directive} %left
9980 Bison declaration to assign precedence and left associativity to token(s).
9981 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9982 @end deffn
9983
9984 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9985 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9986 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
9987 for Pure Parsers}.
9988 @end deffn
9989
9990 @deffn {Directive} %merge
9991 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
9992 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
9993 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
9994 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9995 @end deffn
9996
9997 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9998 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9999 @end deffn
10000
10001 @ifset defaultprec
10002 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
10003 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
10004 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
10005 Precedence}.
10006 @end deffn
10007 @end ifset
10008
10009 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
10010 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
10011 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
10012 @end deffn
10013
10014 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
10015 Bison declaration to assign precedence and nonassociativity to token(s).
10016 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10017 @end deffn
10018
10019 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
10020 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
10021 Summary}.
10022 @end deffn
10023
10024 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
10025 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
10026 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
10027 Function @code{yyparse}}.
10028 @end deffn
10029
10030 @deffn {Directive} %prec
10031 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
10032 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
10033 @end deffn
10034
10035 @deffn {Directive} %precedence
10036 Bison declaration to assign precedence to token(s), but no associativity
10037 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10038 @end deffn
10039
10040 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
10041 Deprecated version of @code{%define api.pure} (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%define}),
10042 for which Bison is more careful to warn about unreasonable usage.
10043 @end deffn
10044
10045 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
10046 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
10047 Require a Version of Bison}.
10048 @end deffn
10049
10050 @deffn {Directive} %right
10051 Bison declaration to assign precedence and right associativity to token(s).
10052 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
10053 @end deffn
10054
10055 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
10056 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
10057 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10058 @end deffn
10059
10060 @deffn {Directive} %start
10061 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
10062 Start-Symbol}.
10063 @end deffn
10064
10065 @deffn {Directive} %token
10066 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
10067 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
10068 @end deffn
10069
10070 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
10071 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
10072 @xref{Decl Summary}.
10073 @end deffn
10074
10075 @deffn {Directive} %type
10076 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
10077 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
10078 @end deffn
10079
10080 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
10081 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
10082 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
10083 @code{error}.
10084 @end deffn
10085
10086 @deffn {Directive} %union
10087 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
10088 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
10089 @end deffn
10090
10091 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
10092 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
10093 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
10094 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
10095 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10096
10097 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYABORT;}
10098 instead.
10099 @end deffn
10100
10101 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
10102 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
10103 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
10104 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10105
10106 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYACCEPT;}
10107 instead.
10108 @end deffn
10109
10110 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
10111 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
10112 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10113 @end deffn
10114
10115 @deffn {Variable} yychar
10116 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
10117 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
10118 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
10119 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10120 @end deffn
10121
10122 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
10123 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
10124 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10125 @end deffn
10126
10127 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
10128 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
10129 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
10130 @end deffn
10131
10132 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
10133 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
10134 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
10135 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
10136 @end deffn
10137
10138 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
10139 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
10140 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10141 @end deffn
10142
10143 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
10144 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
10145 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
10146 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
10147 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10148
10149 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYERROR;}
10150 instead.
10151 @end deffn
10152
10153 @deffn {Function} yyerror
10154 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
10155 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
10156 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
10157 @end deffn
10158
10159 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
10160 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
10161 to request verbose, specific error message strings
10162 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
10163 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
10164 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
10165 @end deffn
10166
10167 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
10168 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
10169 @xref{Memory Management}.
10170 @end deffn
10171
10172 @deffn {Function} yylex
10173 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
10174 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
10175 @code{yylex}}.
10176 @end deffn
10177
10178 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
10179 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
10180 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
10181 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
10182 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
10183 @end deffn
10184
10185 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
10186 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
10187 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
10188 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
10189 @code{yylex}.)
10190 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
10191 grammar actions.
10192 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
10193 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
10194 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
10195 @end deffn
10196
10197 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
10198 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
10199 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
10200 @end deffn
10201
10202 @deffn {Variable} yylval
10203 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
10204 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
10205 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
10206 @code{yylex}.)
10207 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
10208 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
10209 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
10210 @end deffn
10211
10212 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
10213 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
10214 Management}.
10215 @end deffn
10216
10217 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
10218 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
10219 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}. In a
10220 pure push parser, it is a member of yypstate.)
10221 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
10222 @end deffn
10223
10224 @deffn {Function} yyparse
10225 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
10226 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
10227 @end deffn
10228
10229 @deffn {Function} yypstate_delete
10230 The function to delete a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
10231 call this function to delete the memory associated with a parser.
10232 @xref{Parser Delete Function, ,The Parser Delete Function
10233 @code{yypstate_delete}}.
10234 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10235 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10236 @end deffn
10237
10238 @deffn {Function} yypstate_new
10239 The function to create a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
10240 call this function to create a new parser.
10241 @xref{Parser Create Function, ,The Parser Create Function
10242 @code{yypstate_new}}.
10243 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10244 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10245 @end deffn
10246
10247 @deffn {Function} yypull_parse
10248 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
10249 parse the rest of the input stream.
10250 @xref{Pull Parser Function, ,The Pull Parser Function
10251 @code{yypull_parse}}.
10252 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10253 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10254 @end deffn
10255
10256 @deffn {Function} yypush_parse
10257 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
10258 parse a single token. @xref{Push Parser Function, ,The Push Parser Function
10259 @code{yypush_parse}}.
10260 (The current push parsing interface is experimental and may evolve.
10261 More user feedback will help to stabilize it.)
10262 @end deffn
10263
10264 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
10265 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
10266 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
10267 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
10268 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
10269 @end deffn
10270
10271 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
10272 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
10273 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
10274 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
10275 @end deffn
10276
10277 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
10278 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
10279 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
10280 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
10281 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
10282 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
10283 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
10284
10285 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
10286 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
10287 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
10288 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
10289 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
10290 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
10291 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
10292 @end deffn
10293
10294 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
10295 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
10296 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
10297 @end deffn
10298
10299 @node Glossary
10300 @appendix Glossary
10301 @cindex glossary
10302
10303 @table @asis
10304 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
10305 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
10306 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
10307 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
10308 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10309
10310 @item Context-free grammars
10311 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
10312 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
10313 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
10314 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
10315 Grammars}.
10316
10317 @item Dynamic allocation
10318 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
10319 compile time or on entry to a function.
10320
10321 @item Empty string
10322 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
10323 character string of length zero.
10324
10325 @item Finite-state stack machine
10326 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
10327 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
10328 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
10329 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
10330 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
10331 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10332
10333 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
10334 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
10335 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
10336 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
10337 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
10338 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
10339 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
10340 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
10341
10342 @item Grouping
10343 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
10344 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
10345 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10346
10347 @item Infix operator
10348 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
10349 performs some operation.
10350
10351 @item Input stream
10352 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
10353
10354 @item Language construct
10355 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
10356 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
10357 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10358
10359 @item Left associativity
10360 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
10361 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
10362 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
10363
10364 @item Left recursion
10365 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
10366 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
10367 Rules}.
10368
10369 @item Left-to-right parsing
10370 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
10371 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10372
10373 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
10374 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
10375 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
10376
10377 @item Lexical tie-in
10378 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
10379 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
10380
10381 @item Literal string token
10382 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
10383
10384 @item Lookahead token
10385 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
10386 Tokens}.
10387
10388 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
10389 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
10390 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
10391 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
10392
10393 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
10394 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
10395 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
10396
10397 @item Nonterminal symbol
10398 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
10399 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
10400 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
10401
10402 @item Parser
10403 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
10404 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
10405 analyzer.
10406
10407 @item Postfix operator
10408 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
10409 performs some operation.
10410
10411 @item Reduction
10412 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
10413 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
10414 Parser Algorithm}.
10415
10416 @item Reentrant
10417 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
10418 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
10419 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
10420
10421 @item Reverse polish notation
10422 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
10423
10424 @item Right recursion
10425 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
10426 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
10427 Rules}.
10428
10429 @item Semantics
10430 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
10431 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
10432 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
10433
10434 @item Shift
10435 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
10436 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
10437 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
10438
10439 @item Single-character literal
10440 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
10441 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
10442
10443 @item Start symbol
10444 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
10445 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
10446 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
10447 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
10448
10449 @item Symbol table
10450 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
10451 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
10452 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
10453
10454 @item Syntax error
10455 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
10456 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
10457
10458 @item Token
10459 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
10460 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
10461 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
10462 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
10463
10464 @item Terminal symbol
10465 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
10466 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
10467 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
10468 @end table
10469
10470 @node Copying This Manual
10471 @appendix Copying This Manual
10472 @include fdl.texi
10473
10474 @node Index
10475 @unnumbered Index
10476
10477 @printindex cp
10478
10479 @bye
10480
10481 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
10482 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
10483 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
10484 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
10485 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
10486 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Expr ltcalc mfcalc yylex
10487 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
10488 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
10489 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
10490 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
10491 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
10492 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
10493 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
10494 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
10495 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
10496 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
10497 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
10498 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
10499 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
10500 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
10501 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
10502 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
10503 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
10504 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
10505 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
10506 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
10507 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
10508 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
10509 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex